WO2022016401A1 - 通信方法和通信装置 - Google Patents

通信方法和通信装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022016401A1
WO2022016401A1 PCT/CN2020/103391 CN2020103391W WO2022016401A1 WO 2022016401 A1 WO2022016401 A1 WO 2022016401A1 CN 2020103391 W CN2020103391 W CN 2020103391W WO 2022016401 A1 WO2022016401 A1 WO 2022016401A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
access network
network device
qoe measurement
terminal device
access
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/103391
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
胡星星
张宏平
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/103391 priority Critical patent/WO2022016401A1/zh
Priority to EP20946141.7A priority patent/EP4181558A4/en
Priority to CN202080102806.5A priority patent/CN115843440A/zh
Publication of WO2022016401A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022016401A1/zh
Priority to US18/155,447 priority patent/US20230156767A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/10—Flow control between communication endpoints
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/50—Network service management, e.g. ensuring proper service fulfilment according to agreements
    • H04L41/5003—Managing SLA; Interaction between SLA and QoS
    • H04L41/5009—Determining service level performance parameters or violations of service level contracts, e.g. violations of agreed response time or mean time between failures [MTBF]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/50—Network service management, e.g. ensuring proper service fulfilment according to agreements
    • H04L41/5061—Network service management, e.g. ensuring proper service fulfilment according to agreements characterised by the interaction between service providers and their network customers, e.g. customer relationship management
    • H04L41/5067—Customer-centric QoS measurements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02—Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/08—Load balancing or load distribution
    • H04W28/09—Management thereof
    • H04W28/0958—Management thereof based on metrics or performance parameters
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0803—Configuration setting
    • H04L41/0806—Configuration setting for initial configuration or provisioning, e.g. plug-and-play
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0803—Configuration setting
    • H04L41/0813—Configuration setting characterised by the conditions triggering a change of settings
    • H04L41/0816—Configuration setting characterised by the conditions triggering a change of settings the condition being an adaptation, e.g. in response to network events
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
    • H04L65/80—Responding to QoS
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08—Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/0268—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control using specific QoS parameters for wireless networks, e.g. QoS class identifier [QCI] or guaranteed bit rate [GBR]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/24—Negotiating SLA [Service Level Agreement]; Negotiating QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/11—Allocation or use of connection identifiers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/12—Setup of transport tunnels
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more particularly, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • QoE measurement collection QoE measurement collection
  • QMC quality of experience measurement collection
  • the access network device receives measurement configuration information for QoE measurement from the core network (core network, CN) or operation, administration and maintenance (OAM), and stores the measurement configuration information sent to the end device. After acquiring the measurement result according to the measurement configuration information, the terminal device sends the measurement result to the access network device.
  • core network core network
  • OAM operation, administration and maintenance
  • a terminal device can communicate with at least two access network devices at the same time and can send and receive data.
  • the access network device responsible for exchanging radio resource control messages with the terminal device and responsible for interacting with the core network control plane entity may be referred to as the master base station (master node, MN), other
  • the access network equipment may be called a secondary base station (secondary node, SN).
  • both the MN and the SN may send measurement configuration information corresponding to the QoE measurement to the terminal device. In this scenario, how the terminal equipment reports the QoE measurement results is a problem that needs to be studied.
  • the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, so that the terminal device in the MR-DC architecture can send the QoE measurement result to the correct access network device.
  • a communication method including:
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives the quality of experience QoE measurement result and the first indication information from the upper layer of the access layer;
  • the access layer of the terminal device determines to send the QoE measurement result to the primary base station or the secondary base station of the terminal device according to the first indication information.
  • the upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result and the first indication information corresponding to the QoE measurement result to the access layer, so that the access layer can determine according to the first indication information
  • the QoE measurement result is sent to the primary base station or the secondary base station of the terminal device, so that the terminal device in the MR-DC architecture can send the QoE measurement result to the correct access network device.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, the primary base station or the secondary base station that sends the QoE measurement result to the terminal device.
  • the indication information #1 may explicitly indicate "send the QoE measurement result to the MN of the terminal device” or “send the QoE measurement result to the SN of the terminal device".
  • the indication information #1 may implicitly indicate "send the QoE measurement result to the MN of the terminal device” or “send the QoE measurement result to the SN of the terminal device”.
  • the terminal device when the time when the application layer of the terminal device performs QoE measurement according to at least two application layer measurement configurations overlaps, or when the period of reporting the QoE measurement corresponding to at least two application layer measurement configurations overlaps, the terminal device's When the access layer receives the QoE measurement result from the upper layer, it may not know which QoE measurement configuration the QoE measurement result corresponds to, and thus cannot determine whether to send the QoE measurement result to the primary base station or the secondary base station. At this time, if the access layer can receive the first indication information corresponding to the QoE measurement result, the terminal device can determine whether to send the QoE measurement result to the primary base station or the secondary base station according to the first indication information.
  • the access layer can be enabled to receive the measurement configuration.
  • the first indication information may include trace ID, TCE ID, QoE service type (service type) information, node type (node type) information, RAT type (type) information, PDU session ID (PDU session ID) ), at least one of 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI), quality of service flow identifier (Qos Flow identifier, QFI), and a first identifier, where the first identifier is allocated by OAM or an access network device.
  • the node type information may indicate the primary base station or the secondary base station.
  • the first identifier may be a base station identifier or a measurement task identifier, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the method before the access layer of the terminal device receives the QoE measurement result and the first indication information from the upper layer of the access layer, the method further includes:
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives first configuration information from a first access network device, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform QoE measurement of the application layer, and the first access network device is The primary base station or the secondary base station of the terminal device. That is to say, the primary base station may send the first configuration information to the access layer of the terminal device, instructing the terminal device to perform QoE measurement at the application layer, and the secondary base station may also send the first configuration information to the access layer of the terminal device, instructing the terminal device to perform QoE measurement at the application layer. Take QoE measurements at the application layer.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the first configuration information and the first indication information to an upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the first configuration information and the corresponding first indication information to the upper layer of the access layer, so that the upper layer can obtain the QoE measurement result when obtaining the QoE measurement result according to the first configuration information
  • the first indication information corresponding to the result.
  • the upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result and the first indication information to the access layer of the terminal device, so that the access layer can determine the QoE measurement result according to the first indication information Whether it is sent to the primary base station or the secondary base station.
  • the first indication information may be determined by the upper layer of the access stratum itself, for example, according to an application-layer measurement configuration used to instruct the terminal device to perform QoE measurement, or related information sent together with the application-layer measurement configuration (such as service type information), which is not limited in this application.
  • the first aspect further includes:
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives second indication information from the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to instruct the first access network device to be the primary base station or the secondary base station;
  • the access layer determines the first indication information according to the second indication information.
  • the second indication information may include trace ID, TCE ID, QoE service type (service type) information, node type information, RAT type information, PDU session identifier, 5G quality of service identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI), quality of service At least one of a flow identifier (Qos Flow identifier, QFI) and a first identifier, where the first identifier is allocated by the OAM or an access network device.
  • QoE service type service type
  • node type information node type information
  • RAT type information RAT type information
  • PDU session identifier 5G quality of service identifier
  • 5G QoS identifier, 5QI quality of service
  • quality of service At least one of a flow identifier (Qos Flow identifier, QFI) and a first identifier, where the first identifier is allocated by the OAM or an access network device.
  • the second indication information and the first indication information may be the same piece of information. That is, the first indication information and the second indication information contain the same content.
  • the access layer of the terminal device may send the second indication information to the upper layer of the access layer, so as to realize the transmission of the first indication information sent to the upper layer.
  • the terminal device does not need to regenerate the first indication information, thereby helping to reduce the complexity of the terminal.
  • the access layer of the terminal device may also determine the first indication information according to the source of the first configuration information (eg, from the primary base station, or the secondary base station), which is not limited in this application.
  • the first indication information by determining the first indication information according to the second indication information, or by determining the first indication information according to the access network device that sends the first configuration information, the primary base station or the secondary base station, the first indication information can be made
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the QoE measurement result obtained by performing the QoE measurement according to the first configuration information is sent to the access network device that sends the first configuration information, so that the terminal device can send the QoE measurement result to the correct access network device. network equipment.
  • the method before the access layer of the terminal device receives the QoE measurement result and the first indication information from the upper layer of the access layer, the method further includes:
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives third indication information from the second access network device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the access layer of the terminal device to send the first access network device QoE measurement results;
  • the first access network device is a primary base station, and the second access network device is a secondary base station; or, the first access network device is a secondary base station, and the second access network device is a secondary base station
  • the device is the main base station.
  • the access network device is used to instruct the terminal device to which access network device to report the QoE measurement result, so that the terminal device only needs to send the QoE measurement result to which access network device according to the instruction of the access network device.
  • it can help reduce the processing complexity of the terminal equipment, and on the other hand, it can help the network side to decide which access network device to send the QoE measurement result to according to the load of the node, thereby reducing the number of receiving QoE measurement results. the load of the access network equipment.
  • the first aspect further includes:
  • the access layer of the terminal device determines that the bearer type corresponding to the service type measured by the QoE has changed
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends first information to the upper layer of the access layer, where the first information is used to trigger the reporting of the QoE measurement result, or the first information is used for The bearer type corresponding to the service type of the QoE measurement before and after the change is notified.
  • the terminal device can send the bearer type of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result to the access network device, and then the access network device can send the bearer type to the TCE , so that the TCE can associate the QoE measurement result with the bearer type of the service type for which the QoE measurement is performed, which is helpful for network optimization according to the QoE measurement result and the bearer type of the associated service type.
  • the method when the first information is used to notify the bearer type corresponding to the service type of the QoE measurement before and after the change, the method further includes:
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives second information from the upper layer of the access layer, where the second information is used to indicate the bearer types of the service types corresponding to the QoE measurement results in different time periods.
  • the terminal device can send the bearer type of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result to the access network device, and then the access network device can send the bearer type to the TCE , so that the TCE can associate the QoE measurement result with the bearer type of the service type for which the QoE measurement is performed, which is helpful for network optimization according to the QoE measurement result and the bearer type of the associated service type.
  • the first aspect further includes:
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives time information corresponding to the bearer types of the different time periods from the upper layer of the access layer.
  • the first aspect further includes:
  • the terminal device receives third information from a third access network device, where the third information is used to indicate an area range of the QoE measurement, the area range includes area range information of at least two RATs, and the third The access network device is the primary base station or the secondary base station of the terminal device.
  • the network-side device in the MR-DC scenario, can still configure the area range information of multiple RATs for QoE measurement, so that the terminal device in the MR-DC scenario can also perform measurements in multiple RAT areas. Take QoE measurements.
  • a communication method characterized in that it includes:
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives first configuration information from the first access network device, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform quality of experience QoE measurement at the application layer;
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives second indication information from the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first access network device is the primary base station or secondary base station of the terminal device base station;
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the first configuration information and the second indication information to the upper layer of the access layer;
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives the QoE measurement result and the second indication information from the upper layer of the access layer, wherein the QoE measurement result is obtained by the upper layer performing QoE measurement according to the first configuration information;
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the second indication information and the QoE measurement result to a second access network device, where the first access network device is the same as the second access network device , or the first access network device is the primary base station and the second access network device is the secondary base station, or the first access network device is the secondary base station and the second access network device is the secondary base station main base station.
  • the access layer of the terminal device can be configured to send the QoE measurement result and the second indication information to the primary base station (or secondary base station) uniformly, and then the primary base station (or secondary base station) can send the second indication according to the second indication.
  • the information sends the QoE measurement result to the network device, that is, the access layer of the terminal device does not need to determine whether the first configuration information corresponding to the QoE measurement result is sent by the primary base station or the secondary base station, and sends the measurement result to the primary base station (or secondary base station), thereby reducing the processing complexity of the terminal device.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the second indication information to the upper layer of the access layer, which means that the access layer can directly send the second indication information to the upper layer, and the access layer does not need to know (or perceive, or know) the content of the second indication information.
  • the upper layer can also directly send the second indication information to the access layer, and does not need to know (or perceive, or know) the content of the second indication information.
  • the second indication information includes a tracking ID, a tracking collection entity identifier TCE ID, a QoE service type, a node type, a radio access technology RAT type, and a PDU session identifier. , at least one of a 5G quality of service identifier 5QI, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, and a first identifier, where the first identifier is allocated by the operation, management and maintenance OAM or access network equipment.
  • a communication method characterized in that it includes:
  • the first access network device receives a quality of experience QoE measurement result and second indication information from the terminal device, where the QoE measurement result is obtained by performing QoE measurement by the terminal device according to the first configuration information, and the second indication information
  • the second access network device that instructs the terminal device to send the first configuration information is the primary base station or the secondary base station of the terminal device, and the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform application-layer QoE Measurement;
  • the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result to the network device according to the second indication information, where the first access network device is the same as the second access network device, or the The first access network device is the primary base station and the second access network device is the secondary base station, or the first access network device is the secondary base station and the second access network device is the primary base station.
  • the access layer of the terminal device may be configured to send the QoE measurement result and the second indication information to the first access network device (for example, the primary base station or secondary base station of the terminal device). base station), and then the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result to the network device according to the second indication information, that is, the access layer of the terminal device does not need to determine that the first configuration information corresponding to the QoE measurement result is sent by the main base station, Even if the measurement result is sent by the secondary base station, the measurement result is sent to the first access network device, thereby reducing the processing complexity of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device for example, the primary base station or secondary base station of the terminal device. base station
  • the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result to the network device according to the second indication information, that is, the access layer of the terminal device does not need to determine that the first configuration information corresponding to the QoE measurement result is sent by the main base station, Even if the measurement result is sent by the secondary base station, the measurement
  • the first access network device when the first access network device receives the QoE measurement result from the access layer of the terminal device, it can know according to the second indication information that the QoE measurement result is the QoE measurement result corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration sent by the main base station. , or the QoE measurement result corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration sent by the secondary base station.
  • the first access network device is the same as the second access network device
  • the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result to the network device according to the second indication information, including:
  • the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result to a tracking collection entity TCE corresponding to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may send the first configuration information to the first access network device.
  • the TCE corresponding to the access network device sends the QoE measurement result.
  • the first access network device is a primary base station and the second access network device is a secondary base station, or the first access network device is a secondary base station is a secondary base station and the second access network device is a primary base station;
  • the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result to the network device according to the second indication information, including:
  • the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the second access network device, or the first access network device sends the QoE measurement to the second access network device result.
  • the first access network device may send the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the second access network device, or send the QoE measurement result to the second access network device.
  • the second indication information includes a tracking ID, a tracking collection entity identifier TCE ID, a QoE service type, a node type, a radio access technology RAT type, and a PDU session identifier. , at least one of a 5G quality of service identifier 5QI, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, and a first identifier, where the first identifier is allocated by the operation, management and maintenance OAM or access network equipment.
  • the second indication information includes the tracking and collection entity TCE identification ID
  • the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result to the network device according to the second indication information, including:
  • the first access network device obtains the TCE IP corresponding to the TCE ID according to the relationship between the TCE ID and the TCE IP;
  • the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the TCE IP.
  • the second access network device may send the TCE ID corresponding to the QoE measurement configured by the second access network device and the corresponding TCE IP address to the first access network device.
  • the second access network device may send the TCE IP address corresponding to the QoE measurement configured by the second access network device to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may send the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the second access network according to the TCE IP address corresponding to the QoE measurement configured by the second access network device.
  • the second indication information includes a tracking ID
  • the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result to the network device according to the second indication information, including:
  • the first access network device sends the QoE measurement result and the tracking ID to the TCE.
  • the TCE ID corresponding to the QoE measurement sent by the first access network device is the same as the TCE ID corresponding to the QoE measurement sent by the second access network device
  • the TCE receives the QoE measurement result and the trace ID, it can According to the trace ID, it is determined whether the QoE measurement result corresponds to the first configuration information configured by the first access network device or the first configuration information configured corresponding to the second access network device.
  • the QoE measurement result corresponds to the first configuration information configured by the primary base station; when the trace ID is CN or OAM or EM allocated to the secondary base station When the base station performs QoE measurement, the QoE measurement result corresponds to the first configuration information configured by the secondary base station.
  • the method before the first access network device receives the QoE measurement result and the second indication information from the terminal device, the method further includes:
  • the first access network device sends the first configuration information and the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the access network device that sends the first configuration information and the second indication information to the terminal device and the access network device that receives the QoE measurement result and the second indication information are the same access network device, for example, both are the primary base station , or both are secondary base stations.
  • a communication method comprising:
  • the access network equipment receives the QoE measurement result from the terminal equipment;
  • the access network device sends the QoE measurement result and second information to the TCE, where the second information is used to indicate bearer types corresponding to the service types corresponding to the QoE measurement results in different time periods.
  • the access network device may send the bearer type of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement to the access network device, so that the TCE can compare the QoE measurement result with the QoE measurement result.
  • the bearer types of the service types are associated, which is helpful for network optimization according to the QoE measurement results and the bearer types of the associated service types.
  • the access network device may determine the bearer types of the service types corresponding to the QoE measurement results in different time periods. That is, the access network device can record the bearer type of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement, and send the bearer type corresponding to the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result in different time periods to the TCE.
  • the access network device may further determine time information corresponding to bearer types in different time periods, and send the time information to the TCE.
  • the access network device receives, from the terminal device, bearer types of service types corresponding to the QoE measurement results in different time periods. That is, the terminal device can send the bearer type of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result to the access network device, and then the access network device can send the bearer type of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result to the TCE.
  • the access network device may also receive time information corresponding to the bearer types in the different time periods from the terminal device, and send the different time periods to the TCE. Time information corresponding to the bearer type of the time period.
  • the access network device may also indicate the network architecture to the TCE, such as whether the integrated access and backhaul (IAB) network architecture is adopted, or whether the CU/DU network architecture is adopted, etc. .
  • IAB integrated access and backhaul
  • an access network device may receive third information from the CN/OAM/EM, where the third information is used to indicate the area range of the QoE measurement, the The area scope includes the area scope information of at least two RATs;
  • the access network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device according to the area range information, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to measure the quality of experience QoE at the application layer.
  • the access network device may Send the first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the access network device determines that the terminal device is not currently within the area range of RAT1 in the area range information of QoE measurement, and is not within the area range of RAT2 in the area range information of QoE measurement, the access network device does not The terminal device sends the first configuration information.
  • the network-side device in the MR-DC scenario, can still configure the area range information of multiple RATs for QoE measurement, so that the terminal device in the MR-DC scenario can also perform measurements in multiple RAT areas. Take QoE measurements.
  • the access network The device may determine not to change the bearer type of the service. In this way, the access network device can still perform the QoE measurement when the bearer type corresponding to the service for which the QoE measurement is performed is changed.
  • the network device may notify the terminal device to suspend the current QoE measurement or to suspend the reporting of the QoE measurement result, or the QoE measurement corresponding to the session that has already started in the service type corresponding to the current QoE measurement continues, but the subsequent new session will not perform QoE. Measurement.
  • the access network device may send the above-mentioned third information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines that the area corresponding to the bearer type of the service measured by QoE is not within the area covered by the above-mentioned QoE measurement
  • the terminal device can suspend the current QoE measurement or suspend the reporting of the QoE measurement result, or the current QoE measurement
  • the QoE measurement corresponding to the session whose measurement has already started is continued, but the QoE measurement will not be performed for the subsequent new session.
  • a communication method comprising:
  • the access layer of the terminal device determines that the bearer type corresponding to the service type measured by QoE has changed
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends first information to the upper layer of the access layer, where the first information is used to trigger the reporting of the QoE measurement result, or the first information is used for The bearer type corresponding to the service type of the QoE measurement before and after the change is notified.
  • the terminal device can send the bearer type of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result to the access network device, and then the access network device can send the bearer type to the TCE , so that the TCE can associate the QoE measurement result with the bearer type of the service type for which the QoE measurement is performed, which is helpful for network optimization according to the QoE measurement result and the bearer type of the associated service type.
  • the method when the first information is used to notify the bearer type corresponding to the service type of the QoE measurement before and after the change, the method further includes:
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives second information from the upper layer of the access layer, where the second information is used to indicate the bearer types of the service types corresponding to the QoE measurement results in different time periods.
  • the terminal device can send the bearer type of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result of the access network device, and then the access network device can send the bearer type to the TCE,
  • the TCE can associate the QoE measurement result with the bearer type of the service type for which the QoE measurement is performed, which is helpful for network optimization according to the QoE measurement result and the bearer type of the associated service type.
  • the sixth aspect further includes:
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives time information corresponding to the bearer types of the different time periods from the upper layer of the access layer.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for executing the method in any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects or any possible implementation manner of any aspect.
  • the device includes: A unit or module for performing the method in any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects or any possible implementation manner of any one of the aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor and a transceiver.
  • a memory may also be included.
  • the memory is used for storing instructions
  • the processor is used for executing the instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the execution causes the processor to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects above.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication chip, including a processor and a communication interface, the processor is configured to call and run an instruction from the communication interface, and when the processor executes the instruction, the above-mentioned first aspect to A method in any aspect of the sixth aspect or any possible implementation of any aspect.
  • the communication chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or derived from other instructions.
  • the processor is configured to implement the method in any of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects or any possible implementation of any of the aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium for storing a computer program, where the computer program includes any possible implementation for executing any aspect or any aspect of the first aspect to the sixth aspect A directive for a method in a method.
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product containing instructions, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one or any of the first to sixth aspects. method in any possible implementation of .
  • a twelfth aspect provides a communication system, the communication system includes a device having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the first aspect, and an access network device, for example, the access network device may be used to implement the above The methods and various possibly designed functions of the fourth aspect, or an apparatus for implementing the various methods and various possible designed functions of the fifth aspect; or
  • the communication system includes a device having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the second aspect, and a device having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the third aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is another schematic structural diagram of the access network device of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a QoS architecture.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a protocol stack for bearers.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for QoE measurement.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow chart of another method of QoE measurement.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for wireless communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • 5th generation, 5G new radio
  • new radio new radio, NR
  • future next-generation communication systems etc.
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as: user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment, etc.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • access terminal subscriber unit, subscriber station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment, etc.
  • the terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, such as a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
  • some examples of terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, PDA, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol , SIP) telephones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, automotive Devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or terminal devices in the future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are the general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology, and its main technical feature is that items pass through communication technology Connect with the network, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.
  • the IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and power saving of terminals through, for example, a narrow band (narrow band, NB) technology.
  • the NB only includes one resource block (resource bloc, RB), that is, the bandwidth of the NB is only 180KB.
  • the terminals must be discrete in access. According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the congestion problem of the massive terminals of the IOT technology when accessing the network through the NB can be effectively solved.
  • the access network device in this embodiment of the application may be a device used for communicating with terminal devices, and the access network device may also be referred to as an access device or a wireless access network device, and may be a global system for mobile communication (global system for mobile communication) communications, GSM) system or a base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, or a base station in a wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system (NodeB, NB), can also be an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or this
  • the access network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, an access network device in a 5G network or an access network device in a future evolved PLMN network, etc., and can be an access point
  • the access network device is a device in the RAN, or in other words, is a RAN node that accesses the terminal device to the wireless network.
  • an access network device it can be enumerated: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller) , RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB ), base band unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
  • an access network device may be a RAN device including a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a control plane CU node (CU-CP node) and user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and RAN equipment of DU node.
  • a centralized unit centralized unit, CU
  • DU distributed unit
  • CU-CP node control plane CU node
  • CU-UP node user plane CU node
  • the access network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the access network equipment through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be the access network equipment (for example, the base station).
  • the cell can belong to the macro base station, or it can belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell (small cell), where the small cell can include: urban cell (metro cell), micro cell (micro cell), pico cell (pico cell) ), femto cells, etc.
  • These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • a carrier in an LTE system or a 5G system can have multiple cells working on the same frequency at the same time.
  • the concepts of the above-mentioned carrier and cell can also be considered equivalent.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • the carrier index of the secondary carrier and the cell identification (Cell ID) of the secondary cell operating on the secondary carrier are carried at the same time.
  • the concepts of the carrier and the cell are equivalent, for example, the terminal equipment accessing a carrier is equivalent to accessing a cell.
  • the core network equipment in the embodiments of the present application refers to equipment in a core network (core network, CN) that provides service support for terminal equipment.
  • core network CN
  • core network equipment Currently, some examples of core network equipment are: access and mobility management function (AMF) entity, session management function (SMF) entity, user plane function (UPF) Entities, etc., are not listed here.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the AMF entity may be responsible for terminal access management and mobility management
  • the SMF entity may be responsible for session management, such as user session establishment, etc.
  • the UPF entity may be a user plane functional entity, mainly responsible for connecting external The internet.
  • AMF entities may also be referred to as AMF network elements or AMF functional entities
  • SMF entities may also be referred to as SMF network elements or SMF functions entity etc.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal device can have a communication connection with two access network devices at the same time and can send and receive data, which can be called dual connection ( dual-connectivity, DC), or multi-radio dual connectivity (MR-DC).
  • DC dual-connectivity
  • MR-DC multi-radio dual connectivity
  • the network side can use the resources of the two access network devices to provide communication services for the terminal device, thereby providing high-speed transmission for the terminal device.
  • one access network device may be responsible for exchanging radio resource control messages with the terminal device, and is responsible for interacting with the core network control plane entity, then, the access network device may be called the master A base station (master node, MN), another radio access network device may be called a secondary base station (secondary node, SN).
  • MN master node
  • SN secondary node
  • a terminal device can also communicate with multiple access network devices at the same time and can send and receive data.
  • one access network device can be responsible for wirelessly interacting with the terminal device.
  • Resource control message and is responsible for interacting with the core network control plane entity, then the access network device can be called MN, and the other access network devices can be called SN.
  • the two access network devices or multiple access network devices may be access network devices belonging to the same radio access technology (RAT) (for example, both are 4G base stations, or both are 4G base stations). 5G base station), or access network equipment of different RATs (for example, one is a 4G base station and the other is a 5G base station).
  • RAT radio access technology
  • 5G base station or access network equipment of different RATs (for example, one is a 4G base station and the other is a 5G base station).
  • MR-DC can include various types, such as Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access and New Radio Dual Connectivity (E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity, EN-DC), Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio of Next Generation Radio Access Nodes Access and new radio form dual connectivity (NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity, NGEN-DC), new radio and evolved general ground-based radio access form dual connectivity (NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity, NE- DC) and new wireless and new wireless dual connectivity (NR-NR dual connectivity, NR-DC) and so on.
  • E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity, EN-DC Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access and New Radio Dual Connectivity
  • NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity, NGEN-DC Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio of Next Generation Radio Access Nodes Access and new radio form dual connectivity
  • NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity new radio and evolved general ground-based radio access form dual connectivity
  • NR-NR dual connectivity NR-DC
  • the MN is an LTE base station (such as an eNB) connected to an evolved packet core (evolved packet core, EPC), and the SN is an NR base station (such as a gNB).
  • LTE base station such as an eNB
  • EPC evolved packet core
  • NR base station such as a gNB
  • MN is an LTE base station (such as ng-eNB) connected to a 5G core network (5th generation core, 5GC), and SN is an NR base station (such as gNB).
  • LTE base station such as ng-eNB
  • 5GC 5th generation core
  • SN is an NR base station (such as gNB).
  • the MN in the NE-DC is an NR base station (such as a gNB) connected to the 5GC, and the SN is an LTE base station (such as an eNB).
  • NR base station such as a gNB
  • LTE base station such as an eNB
  • the MN is an NR base station (such as a gNB) connected to the 5GC
  • the SN is an NR base station (such as a gNB).
  • the SN may have a user plane connection with the core network connected to the MN, that is, the core network can directly send data to the terminal device through the SN.
  • the primary cell refers to a cell deployed at the primary frequency point, and the terminal device initiates the initial connection establishment process or the connection reestablishment process in the cell, or indicates the primary cell during the handover process.
  • the primary and secondary cells refer to the cell in which the terminal device initiates the random access procedure in the SN or the cell in which the terminal device initiates data transmission by skipping the random access procedure during the SN change process, or initiating random access during the reconfiguration process of synchronization. SN's cell.
  • EN-DC networks are sometimes referred to as non-standalone (NSA) networks. Because at the beginning of 5G, the terminal equipment in the EN-DC network cannot camp on the NR cell.
  • An NR base station capable of resident terminal equipment is also sometimes referred to as a standalone (SA) NR base station.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the control plane protocol layer structure may include radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer, radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, media interface Access control (media access control, MAC) layer and physical layer and other protocol layer functions.
  • the user plane protocol layer structure may include functions of protocol layers such as the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer; in an implementation, the PDCP layer of the user plane protocol layer structure may also include service data adaptation (service data). adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer.
  • the RAN equipment may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), Multiple DUs can be centrally controlled by one CU.
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layers of the wireless network.
  • the functions of the PDCP layer and above are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layers below PDCP, such as the RLC layer and the MAC layer, are set in the DU.
  • the CU has functions above the PDCP layer (including PDCP, RRC, and SDAP), and the DU has functions below the PDCP layer (including RLC, MAC, and PHY).
  • this protocol layer is only an example, and it can also be divided at other protocol layers, for example, at the RLC layer, the functions of the RLC layer and the above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are set in the DU; Alternatively, in a certain protocol layer, for example, some functions of the RLC layer and functions of the protocol layers above the RLC layer are placed in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are placed in the DU. In addition, it can also be divided in other ways, for example, by time delay, the functions whose processing time needs to meet the delay requirements are set in the DU, and the functions that do not need to meet the delay requirements are set in the CU.
  • FIG. 3 shows another schematic diagram of a network architecture suitable for this embodiment of the present application.
  • the control plane (CP) and user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated and divided into different entities for implementation, namely the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity. (CU-UP entity).
  • the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the terminal device through the DU, or the signaling generated by the terminal device can be sent to the CU through the DU.
  • the DU may directly encapsulate the signaling at the protocol layer and transparently transmit it to the terminal device or CU without parsing the signaling.
  • the sending or receiving of the signaling by the DU includes this scenario.
  • the signaling of the RRC or PDCP layer is finally processed as the signaling of the PHY layer and sent to the terminal device, or is converted from the received signaling of the PHY layer.
  • the signaling of the RRC or PDCP layer can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or sent by the DU and the radio frequency.
  • the CU is divided into network devices on the RAN side.
  • the CU can also be divided into network devices on the CN side, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a QoS architecture based on a quality of service (QoS) flow in a 5G scenario.
  • the description is given by taking the terminal device as the UE, the RAN device as the gNB, and the 5GC including the UPF as an example.
  • This architecture is suitable for NR connection to 5GC and also for E-UTRA connection to 5GC.
  • the 5GC establishes one or more PDU sessions for it.
  • a PDU session can be understood as a link that provides a PDU link service between the UE and a data network (DN).
  • DN data network
  • the NG-RAN establishes one or more data radio bearers (DRBs) for each PDU session.
  • the DRB can be understood as a data bearer between the NB and the UE, and the data packets in the data bearer have the same forwarding processing.
  • QoS flow refers to the data flow with the same QoS requirements in a PDU session.
  • QoS flow is the minimum granularity of QoS differentiation in a PDU session.
  • the transmission between the NB and the UE can be called the access stratum (AS), and the transmission between the UE and the 5GC is called the non-access stratum (NAS).
  • AS access stratum
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the NAS layer is mainly responsible for the mapping relationship between IP flow or other types of data packets and QoS flow.
  • the core network UPF generates the downlink QoS flow, and the terminal generates the uplink QoS flow.
  • the AS layer is mainly responsible for the mapping relationship between QoS flow and DRB.
  • the network side (such as the base station) configures the mapping relationship between QoS flow and DRB, and provides QoS services for QoS flow in the DRB of the air interface.
  • the DRB in the MR-DC is divided into a master cell group (master cell group, MCG) bearer, a secondary cell group (secondary cell group, SCG) bearer, and a split (split) bearer.
  • MCG Bearer means that the RLC/MAC entity of the DRB is only on the MN
  • SCG bearer means that the RLC/MAC entity of the DRB is only on the SN
  • Split bearer means that the RLC/MAC entity of the DRB is on the MN and SN All have.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a protocol stack for MCG bearer, SCG bearer, and split bearer on the network side in EN-DC.
  • MN and SN have different RLC/MAC entities.
  • the data is transmitted between the RLC/MAC entity on the MN and the terminal equipment;
  • the MCG bearer on the SN the data is transmitted between the RLC/MAC entity on the MN and the terminal equipment;
  • the MN's SCG bearer the data is transmitted between the RLC/MAC entity on the SN and the terminal equipment;
  • the SCG bearer of the SN the data is transmitted between the RLC/MAC entity on the SN and the terminal equipment;
  • the split bearer on the MN the data can be either It is transmitted between the RLC/MAC entity on the MN and the terminal device, or it can be transmitted between the RLC/MAC entity on the SN and the terminal device;
  • the split bearer on the SN the data can be transmitted between the RLC/MAC on the M
  • MN terminated bearer For the bearer (bearer) that PDCP terminates on the MN, it is called MN terminated bearer, that is, the downlink (DL) data directly reaches the MN from the core network, is processed by the PDCP/SDAP of the MN, and then passes through the RLC of the MN or/and the SN. /MAC is sent to the terminal equipment, and uplink (uplink, UL) data is processed from the PDCP/SDAP of the MN and sent to the core network.
  • SN terminated bearer that is, the DL data directly reaches the SN from the core network, is processed by the PDCP/SDAP of the SN, and then sent to the terminal through the RLC/MAC of the MN or/and the SN.
  • Equipment, UL data is sent to the core network after being processed by PDCP/SDAP of SN.
  • both the MN and the SN have RRC entities, and both can generate RRC messages (ie, control messages, such as measurement messages, etc.).
  • the SN can directly send the RRC message generated by the SN to the terminal device.
  • the RRC message sent by the terminal device to the SN is also directly sent to the SN.
  • the RRC message between the SN and the terminal device is transmitted through a so-called signaling radio bearer (Signaling Radio Bearer, SRB) 3, or the RRC message is carried in the SRB 3.
  • the RRC message generated by the SN can be sent to the MN, and the MN can then send it to the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment also forwards the RRC messages addressed to the SN to the SN through the MN, that is, the terminal equipment sends these RRC messages to the MN, and the MN forwards the messages to the SN.
  • the apparatuses in the following embodiments of the present application may be located in a terminal device or MN or SN according to the functions implemented by them.
  • the MN may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node
  • the SN may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a RAN including a CU node and a DU node. equipment.
  • the core network device may also be connected to multiple access network devices for controlling the access network devices, and may distribute data received from the network side (eg, the Internet) to the access network equipment.
  • the network side eg, the Internet
  • streaming services or voice services or other services such as streaming service and IP MTSI service
  • the pure signal quality cannot reflect the user experience of users when using these services.
  • the operator can obtain the user's experience through QoE measurement and collection, so as to better optimize the network to improve the user's experience.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flow chart of a method for QoE measurement. As shown in Fig. 6, the method for measuring QoE includes steps 101 to 106.
  • the CN or the OAM or the element manager sends a QoE measurement request to the access network device, including the QoE measurement configuration information.
  • the access network device receives the QoE measurement request.
  • the QoE measurement configuration information in the QoE measurement request is used to instruct the terminal device to perform the QoE measurement of the application layer, for example, instruct the terminal device to start the QoE measurement of the application layer.
  • the CN when the QoE measurement is initiated by using the minimization of drive-tests (MDT) based on signaling (signalling based), that is, the QoE measurement is the QoE measurement based on signaling, the CN to the connecting
  • the network access device sends the above-mentioned QoE measurement configuration information.
  • the access network device receives the QoE measurement configuration information from the CN.
  • the CN may notify the QoE measurement configuration information for a specific terminal device, for example, the QoE measurement configuration information may be sent through an interface message between the access network device and the CN for the specific terminal device
  • the QoE measurement configuration is carried in the initial uplink and downlink setup message (initial context setup message), trace start message (trace start message), and handover request message (handover request message) sent by the CN to the access network device for a specific terminal device. information.
  • the OAM or EM when the QoE measurement is initiated using management-based MDT, that is, when the QoE measurement is management-based QoE measurement, the OAM or EM sends the QoE measurement configuration information to the access network device, and the corresponding , the access network device receives the QoE measurement configuration information from the OAM or the EM.
  • the QoE measurement configuration information here is not the QoE measurement configuration information for a specific terminal device, that is, when the access network device receives the QoE measurement configuration information from the OAM or EM, the QoE measurement configuration information does not specify the QoE measurement configuration information. Which terminal device is being measured against.
  • the QoE measurement configuration information may be as shown in Table 1 below:
  • (1..1000) represents the value range of the 8-bit string.
  • the selection of the range of the QoE measurement collection area can be respectively the cell-based QoE measurement collection area range, the TA-based QoE measurement collection area range, the TAI-based QoE measurement collection area range, and the PLMN area-based QoE measurement collection area range. geographic range.
  • the cell-based QoE measurement collection area range can carry the cell list of QMC. ⁇ maxnoofCellIDforQMC> indicates that the cell list can have multiple, and each cell list contains the global cell identifier (that is, the content in the row below it).
  • the TA-based QoE measurement collection area range can carry the TA list of QMC.
  • ⁇ maxnoofTAforQMC> indicates that the TA list can have multiple, and each TA list contains TAC (that is, the content in the line below it).
  • the TAI-based QoE measurement collection area range can carry the TAI list of the QMC.
  • ⁇ maxnoofTAforQMC> indicates that the TAI list can have multiple, and each TAI list contains TAI (that is, the content in the row below it).
  • the PLMN area-based QoE measurement collection area range can carry the PLMN list of the QMC.
  • ⁇ maxnoofPLMNforQMC> indicates that the PLMN list can have multiple, and each PLMN list contains the PLMN identifier (that is, the content in the line below it).
  • the access network equipment When the QoE measurement configuration information includes the area ranges of the QoE measurement in Table 1, only when the terminal equipment is in these areas, the access network equipment will deliver the QoE measurement configuration information to the terminal equipment, or the access network equipment will only The terminal equipment will be requested to report the QoE measurement result, or the access network equipment will request the terminal equipment to perform QoE measurement.
  • the application layer measurement configuration container in the QoE measurement configuration information is transparent to the access network device. That is to say, the access network device cannot perceive the information content contained in the application layer measurement configuration container.
  • the information contained in the application layer measurement configuration container may be referred to as application layer measurement configuration information (or application layer measurement configuration).
  • the application-layer measurement configuration container may also carry the information content contained therein in a form that can be perceived by the access network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the CN or OAM or EM is used as an example to send a QoE measurement request to an access network device. It may also be that other network devices send a QoE measurement request to the access network device, or the access network may send a QoE measurement request. The device starts QoE measurement according to its own needs, which is not limited in this application.
  • the access network device sends application layer measurement configuration information to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the access network device may send the application layer measurement configuration information to the access layer of the terminal device through an RRC message.
  • the access network device also sends the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the application layer measurement configuration information to the upper layer of the access layer.
  • the access layer of the terminal device also sends the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement to the upper layer of the access layer.
  • the upper layer of the access layer may be, for example, an application (application, APP) layer, or a layer between the application layer and the access layer, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • an application application, APP
  • a layer between the application layer and the access layer which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access layer of the terminal device refers to the functional layer for communication between the terminal device and the access network device.
  • the access layer may include at least one of RRC, PDCP, and SDAP layers.
  • the access layer may further include at least one of the RLC, MAC, and PHY layers.
  • the RRC layer of the terminal device may receive the application layer measurement configuration information and the service type, and send the application layer measurement configuration information and the service type to the upper layer of the RRC layer.
  • the upper layer sends the QoE measurement result to the access layer.
  • the application layer may perform QoE measurement according to the received application layer measurement configuration information, and obtain a QoE measurement result. Afterwards, the application layer can send the QoE measurement result to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the upper layer is another layer
  • the other layers can perform QoE measurement according to the received application layer measurement configuration information, and obtain the QoE measurement result.
  • the application layer sends the QoE measurement result to other layers, and then the other layers can send the QoE measurement result to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the upper layer may send the QoE measurement result and the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result to the access layer.
  • the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration information is the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result to the access network device.
  • the access layer may encapsulate the QoE measurement result in a transparent container and send it to the access network device.
  • the QoE measurement result and the corresponding service type may be sent to the access layer together (for example, carried in the same RRC message). network equipment.
  • the access network device that sends the application-layer measurement configuration information and the access network device that receives the QoE measurement result may not be the same access network device, or may be the same access network device. This is not limited. For example, when the terminal device switches the serving access network device due to the mobility of the terminal device, the two are not the same access network device at this time.
  • the access network device sends the QoE measurement result to a trace collection entity (trace collection entity, TCE).
  • trace collection entity trace collection entity
  • the TCE ID may be included in the QoE measurement request in step 101, for example.
  • the access network device can determine the TCE IP address according to the mapping relationship between the TCE ID and the TCE IP address, and send the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the TCE IP address.
  • the QoE measurement request in step 101 may include the TCE IP.
  • the access network device can send the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the TCE IP address according to the TCE IP address.
  • both the MN and the SN may deliver application layer measurement configuration information to the terminal device. After the terminal device obtains the QoE measurement result according to the application layer measurement configuration information, the QoE measurement result can be sent to the corresponding base station.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for QoE measurement under MR-DC. The method includes steps 201 to 205 .
  • the CN/OAM/EM may send QoE measurement configuration information to the access network device.
  • the CN/OAM/EM may send QoE measurement configuration information to the MN in the MR-DC.
  • Another possible situation is that the CN/OAM/EM sends QoE measurement configuration information to the MN in the MR-DC, and the MN sends the QoE measurement configuration information to the SN (which may be part of the QoE measurement configuration information received by the MN, It may also be all the information in the QoE measurement configuration information received by the MN).
  • the access network device that receives the QoE measurement configuration information is the SN.
  • the MN may inquire whether the SN can configure QoE measurement for the UE (or whether it can deliver application layer measurement configuration information to the UE), or the MN may notify the SN that the MN configures the QoE measurement for the UE (or the MN sends the UE to the UE). deliver application layer measurement configuration information), or the SN may notify the MN that the SN configures QoE measurement for the UE (or the SN delivers application layer measurement configuration information to the UE), etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the MN and the SN can respectively deliver application layer measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the service type of QoE measurement can be negotiated between the MN and the SN.
  • the MN may notify the SN that the MN configures the QoE measurement of the first service type (service type, also referred to as service type) for the UE, or indicate to the SN that the SN configures the QoE measurement of the second service type for the UE.
  • service type also referred to as service type
  • the MN may send application layer measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the UE sends the QoE measurement result to the MN.
  • steps 202 and 203 refer to steps 202 and 203 below.
  • the MN sends application-layer measurement configuration information to the UE, where the application-layer measurement configuration information is used to instruct the UE to perform application-layer QoE measurement, for example, instructing a terminal device to start application-layer QoE measurement.
  • the application layer measurement configuration information refers to the descriptions in FIG. 1 and Table 1, and details are not repeated here.
  • the UE sends the QoE measurement result to the MN.
  • the QoE measurement result is obtained by the UE performing QoE measurement according to the application layer measurement configuration information in step 202 .
  • the SN may send application layer measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the UE may send the QoE measurement result to the SN.
  • steps 204 and 205 refer to steps 204 and 205 below.
  • the SN sends application-layer measurement configuration information to the UE, where the application-layer measurement configuration information is used to instruct the UE to perform application-layer QoE measurement, for example, instructing the terminal device to start application-layer QoE measurement.
  • the application layer measurement configuration information refers to the descriptions in FIG. 1 and Table 1, and details are not repeated here.
  • the UE sends the QoE measurement result to the SN.
  • the QoE measurement result is obtained by the UE performing QoE measurement according to the application layer measurement configuration information in step 204 .
  • the SN may send the RRC message that needs to be sent to the UE (that is, the RRC message between the SN and the UE, which includes the application layer measurement configuration information) to the MN, and then the MN sends the RRC message to the UE.
  • the RRC message between the UE and the SN is encapsulated in the RRC message between it and the UE.
  • the UE may encapsulate the RRC message to be sent to the SN (ie, the RRC message between the SN and the UE, which includes the QoE measurement result) in the RRC message from the UE to the MN and send it to the MN.
  • the MN After the MN receives the RRC message, it can send the RRC message between the UE and the SN to the SN.
  • the SN may directly send the application layer measurement configuration information to the UE through the SRB3.
  • the UE may directly send the QoE measurement result to the SN through the SRB3.
  • the access layer of the terminal device obtains the QoE measurement result from its upper layer, it cannot determine whether the measurement result is the measurement result corresponding to the measurement configuration information delivered by the MN or the measurement configuration information delivered by the SN.
  • the corresponding measurement result will cause the terminal device to send the QoE measurement result to the wrong access network device, so that the access network device will mistakenly believe that the QoE measurement result belongs to its own QoE measurement result, resulting in subsequent processing results based on the QoE measurement result.
  • the access network equipment optimizes the network configuration or adjusts the resource allocation of the terminal equipment, etc.
  • it may cause the access network device to send the QoE measurement result to other network devices (such as TCE).
  • the access network device sends it to the TCE, so that the TCE Mistakes that the QoE belongs to its own QoE measurement result or that it comes from the QoE measurement result corresponding to the wrong access network device, resulting in inaccurate subsequent processing results based on the QoE measurement result.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication solution.
  • the access layer of the terminal device can receive the QoE measurement result and the indication information corresponding to the QoE measurement result from the upper layer of the access layer, so that the access layer can determine the QoE measurement result according to the indication information Sent to access network equipment in DC communication, such as MN or SN.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be applied to a wireless communication system, for example, the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system shown in FIG. 2 , or the communication system shown in FIG. 3 .
  • Communication devices in a wireless communication system may have a wireless communication connection relationship.
  • One of the communication devices may be, for example, a primary base station or a chip configured in the primary base station, another device may be, for example, a secondary base station, or a chip configured in the secondary base station, and the other device may be, for example, a terminal device , or a chip configured in a terminal device.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • any terminal device in the wireless communication system or a chip configured in the terminal device can communicate based on the same method, and any main base station in the wireless communication system or a chip configured in the main base station can be based on.
  • any secondary base station in the wireless communication system or a chip configured in the secondary base station can communicate based on the same method. This application does not limit this.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives the QoE measurement result and indication information #1 from its upper layer, and determines to send the QoE measurement result to the MN or SN according to the indication information #1.
  • method 300 includes steps 310-320.
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives the quality of experience QoE measurement result and indication information #1 from the upper layer of the access layer.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the indication information #1, the MN or SN that sends the QoE measurement result to the terminal device.
  • the indication information #1 may explicitly indicate "send the QoE measurement result to the MN of the terminal device" or "send the QoE measurement result to the SN of the terminal device".
  • the indication information #1 may be an indication bit of 1 bit. When the value of the indication bit is "0", it may instruct the MN to send the QoE measurement result to the terminal device. When the value is "1", it can indicate to send the QoE measurement result to the SN of the terminal device. Or vice versa.
  • the indication information #1 may implicitly indicate "send the QoE measurement result to the MN of the terminal device" or "send the QoE measurement result to the SN of the terminal device".
  • the indication information #1 when the indication information #1 is the first QoE service type, it can instruct to send the QoE measurement result to the MN of the terminal device; when the indication information #1 is the second QoE service type, it can instruct to send the QoE measurement result to the MN of the terminal device.
  • SN of the terminal device that is to say, the QoE service type can be used to indicate the service type of QoE measurement.
  • the terminal device can also determine whether to send the QoE measurement result to the MN or SN according to the QoE service type.
  • the terminal when the time when the application layer of the terminal device performs QoE measurement according to at least two application layer measurement configuration information overlaps, or when the period of reporting QoE measurement corresponding to at least two application layer measurement configuration information overlaps, the terminal When the access layer of the device receives the QoE measurement result from the upper layer, it may not know which application layer measurement configuration information the QoE measurement result corresponds to, and thus cannot determine whether to send the QoE measurement result to the MN or the SN. At this time, if the access layer can receive the indication information #1 corresponding to the QoE measurement result, the terminal device can determine whether to send the QoE measurement result to the MN or the SN according to the indication information #1.
  • the access layer can be enabled to receive to the indication information #1 corresponding to the QoE measurement result, and according to the indication information #1, it is determined whether to send the QoE measurement result to the MN or the SN.
  • the indication information #1 may include trace ID, TCE ID, QoE service type information, node type information, RAT type (type) information, PDU session ID (PDU session ID), 5G service At least one of a quality identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI), a quality of service flow identifier (QoS Flow identifier, QFI), and a first identifier, where the first identifier is allocated by the OAM or an access network device.
  • the node type information can indicate MN or SN.
  • the first identifier may be a base station identifier or a measurement task identifier, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the indication information #1 includes the trace ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the MN, the TCE ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the MN, the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the MN, and the node of the MN.
  • Type information the PDU session identifier corresponding to the data transmitted on the MN terminated bearer, the QFI corresponding to the data transmitted on the PDCP terminated bearer on the MN, an identifier allocated by the MN, or an application layer measurement configuration allocation issued by the OAM for the MN
  • the indication information #1 may be used to indicate that the QoE measurement result is sent to the MN.
  • the indication information #1 includes the trace ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the SN, the TCE ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the SN, the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the SN, and the Node type information, the PDU session identifier corresponding to the data transmitted on the bearer of the PDCP termination on the SN, the QFI corresponding to the data transmitted on the bearer of the PDCP termination on the SN, an identifier allocated by the SN, or an identifier issued by the OAM for the SN
  • the indication information #1 may be used to indicate that the QoE measurement result is sent to the SN.
  • the indication information #1 may be determined by the upper layer of the access layer itself, for example, according to the application layer measurement configuration information used to instruct the terminal device to perform QoE measurement, or the related information issued together with the application layer measurement configuration information. Information (such as QoE service type information) is determined, and the indication information #1 may also be received by the upper layer of the access layer from the access layer of the terminal device (for example, through steps 301 and 302 below), the embodiment of the present application is for this Not limited.
  • steps 301 and 302 may also be included.
  • the first access network device sends first configuration information to the access layer of the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform QoE measurement at the application layer.
  • the first access network device may be the MN or SN of the terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. That is to say, the MN can send the first configuration information to the access layer of the terminal device, instructing the terminal device to perform QoE measurement of the application layer, and the SN can also send the first configuration information to the access layer of the terminal device, instructing the terminal device to perform the application layer. Layer's QoE measurement.
  • the SN may also request the MN to send the first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the MN sends the first configuration information to the terminal device, it may indicate that the first configuration information comes from the SN.
  • it may be considered that the first configuration information is sent by the SN to the access layer of the terminal device, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the first configuration information may be the application layer measurement configuration information in FIG. 6 , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the description in FIG. 6 which will not be repeated.
  • the first access network device further sends indication information #2 to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the indication information #2 may be used to indicate that the first access network device that sends the first configuration information is the MN or the SN.
  • the indication information #2 may include trace ID, TCE ID, QoE service type (service type) information, node type information, RAT type information, PDU session identifier, 5G quality of service identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI), At least one of a quality of service flow identifier (QoS Flow identifier, QFI) and a first identifier, where the first identifier is allocated by the OAM or an access network device.
  • QFI quality of service flow identifier
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the indication information #2, that the first access network device that sends the first configuration information is the MN or the SN.
  • the indication information #2 may explicitly indicate that the first access network device that sends the first configuration information is the MN, or the first access network device that sends the first configuration information may be the SN, and the indication information #2 may also be Implicitly indicates that the first access network device that sends the first configuration information is the MN, or indicates that the first access network device that sends the first configuration information is the SN.
  • the explicit indication or the implicit indication reference may be made to the description of indication information #1 above, which is not repeated here.
  • the indication information #2 includes the trace ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the MN, the TCE ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the MN, the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the MN, and the node of the MN.
  • Type information the PDU session identifier corresponding to the data transmitted on the bearer of the PDCP termination on the MN, the QFI corresponding to the data transmitted on the bearer of the PDCP termination on the MN, an identifier allocated by the MN, or an application issued by the OAM for the MN
  • the indication information #2 may be used to indicate that the MN sends the above-mentioned first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the indication information #2 includes the trace ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the SN, the TCE ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the SN, the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the SN, and the Node type information, the PDU session identifier corresponding to the data transmitted on the bearer of the PDCP termination on the SN, the QFI corresponding to the data transmitted on the bearer of the PDCP termination on the SN, an identifier allocated by the SN, or an identifier issued by the OAM for the SN
  • the indication information #2 may be used to indicate that the SN sends the above-mentioned first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the MN may include the above-mentioned first configuration information and indication information #2 in an RRC message, and send it to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information may be in the form of a container Encapsulated in this RRC message.
  • the indication information #2 can also be encapsulated in the container, or the indication information #2 can be included in the form of a non-container outside the container in the RRC message.
  • the MN uses an information element (information element).
  • the indication information #2 is sent to the terminal equipment, and the MN, the SN or the RRC layer of the terminal equipment can know the specific meanings of these information elements.
  • the indication information #2 is trace ID, TCE ID, QoE service type information, PDU session identifier, 5QI, QFI or first identifier, then before step 301, between the MN and the SN The respective available ranges of these information are required to interact with each other.
  • the MN can send the SN to the SN the available trace ID, TCE ID, QoE service type information, PDU session identifier, 5QI, QFI or the use range of the first identifier for the terminal device to configure QoE measurement, or the SN can send the SN to the MN Configure the trace ID, TCE ID, QoE service type information, PDU session ID, 5QI, QFI, or the scope of use of the first ID available for QoE measurement for the terminal device.
  • the MN When the MN knows the available trace ID, TCE ID, QoE service type information, PDU session identifier, 5QI, QFI or the scope of use of the first identifier of the SN, it can determine the available trace of the MN that does not overlap with that of the SN. ID, TCE ID, QoE service type information, PDU session identifier, 5QI, QFI or the scope of use of the first identifier. In this way, the terminal device can determine which access network device (eg, MN or SN) sends the terminal to the terminal according to at least one of trace ID, TCE ID, QoE service type information, PDU session identifier, 5QI, QFI or first identifier, etc. The first configuration information sent by the device.
  • MN Mobility Management Entity
  • the indication information #2 may be the QoE service type information in Table 1.
  • the indication information #2 may indicate the first connection to send the application layer measurement configuration information.
  • the network access device is the MN; when the QoE service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration information is the QMC of the MTSI service and the SN sends the application layer measurement configuration information to the terminal device, the indication information #2 can indicate to send the QoE measurement configuration information
  • the first access network device of is SN.
  • the indication information #2 may be trace ID, TCE ID, PDU session ID, 5QI, QFI, or the first identifier, etc. At least one kind of information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the MN and the SN may interact to determine that the QoE service type of the QoE measurement corresponding to the MN is the QMC of the streaming media service, and the QoE of the QoE measurement corresponding to the SN is the QoE service type.
  • the service type is the QMC of the MTSI service.
  • the indication information #2 may indicate the first connection that sends the application layer measurement configuration information.
  • the network access device is the MN; when the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration information is the QMC of the streaming media service and the SN sends the application layer measurement configuration information to the terminal device, the instruction information #2 may indicate that the application layer measurement configuration is sent.
  • the first access network device of the information is the SN.
  • the MN and the SN may interact to determine that the service type of the application layer measurement corresponding to the MN is the QMC of the MTSI service, and the service type of the application layer measurement corresponding to the SN.
  • a QMC of type streaming media service may be used.
  • the access layer of the terminal device may send the first configuration information and indication information #1 to an upper layer of the access layer.
  • the upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device receives the first configuration information and indication information #1.
  • the application layer of the terminal device after the application layer of the terminal device receives the first configuration information and indication information #1, it can perform QoE measurement according to the first configuration information, and obtain a QoE measurement result (this QoE measurement result can be called the QoE measurement result at this time). QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information). Then, the application layer may send the QoE measurement result and the indication information #1 to the access layer of the terminal device, for example, perform the above step 310 .
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the first configuration information and the corresponding indication information #1 to the upper layer of the access layer, so that the upper layer can obtain the QoE measurement result when obtaining the QoE measurement result according to the first configuration information.
  • the result corresponds to the indication information #1.
  • the upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result and the indication information #1 to the access layer of the terminal device, so that the access layer can determine the QoE measurement result according to the indication information #1 Send to MN or SN.
  • the access layer of the terminal device may further determine the indication information #1.
  • the access layer may determine the indication information #1 according to the indication information #2, and may also determine the indication information #1 according to the first configuration information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the indication information #2 and the indication information #1 may be the same piece of information. That is, the contents included in the instruction information #1 and the instruction information #2 are the same.
  • the access layer of the terminal device may send the indication information #2 to the upper layer of the access layer.
  • the indication information #2 and the indication information #1 are the same piece of information (for example, information a)
  • the information a is not only used to indicate that the first access network device sending the first configuration information is an MN, but also can be used to indicate that the first access network device that sends the first configuration information is an MN.
  • the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result obtained by performing the QoE measurement according to the first configuration information to the MN.
  • the information a is not only used to indicate that the first access network device that sends the first configuration information is the SN, but also can be used to instruct the terminal device to send the QoE measurement result obtained by performing the QoE measurement according to the first configuration information to the SN. SN.
  • the terminal device may generate the indication information #1.
  • the indication information #1 may be the trace ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration delivered by the MN, the TCE ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration delivered by the MN, and the application delivered by the MN.
  • the QoE measurement results are sent to the MN.
  • the indication information #1 may be the trace ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the SN, the TCE ID corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the SN, and the TCE ID issued by the SN.
  • the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration, the node type information of the SN, the PDU session identifier corresponding to the data transmitted on the bearer of the PDCP termination on the SN, the QFI, SN corresponding to the data transmitted on the bearer of the PDCP termination on the SN At least one of an assigned identifier or an identifier assigned by the OAM for the application layer measurement configuration issued by the SN, that is, the indication information #1 is used to indicate that the terminal device will perform QoE measurement according to the first configuration information.
  • the QoE measurement results are sent to the SN.
  • the indication information #1 by determining the indication information #1 according to the indication information #2, or by determining the indication information #1 according to the access network device that delivers the first configuration information is the MN or SN, the indication information #1 can be made 1 is used to indicate that the QoE measurement result obtained by performing the QoE measurement according to the first configuration information is sent to the access network device that issued the first configuration information, so that the terminal device can send the QoE measurement result to the correct access network device. network equipment.
  • the terminal device does not need to regenerate the indication information #1, thereby helping to reduce the complexity of the terminal.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the first configuration information to the upper layer of the access layer, which may include the access layer directly sending the first configuration information to the upper layer, or may include the access layer according to the first configuration information.
  • the configuration information obtains a new configuration information, and sends the information configuration information to the upper layer.
  • the new configuration information is used to instruct the upper layer to perform QoE measurement of the application layer.
  • the access layer of the terminal device may receive the first configuration information sent by the first access network device, when the access layer determines that the first configuration information is sent by the MN, the access layer may The first configuration information is sent to the upper layer through the first interface between the access layer and the upper layer.
  • the access layer may send the first configuration information to the upper layer through the second interface between the access layer and the upper layer.
  • the accessible layer may not need to send the indication information #1 to the upper layer.
  • the upper layer when the upper layer receives the first configuration information from the above-mentioned first interface, when the upper layer obtains the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information, the upper layer can send the QoE measurement result to the access layer through the first interface.
  • the access layer when the access layer receives the QoE measurement result from the first interface, it may determine to send the QoE measurement result to the MN.
  • the upper layer When the upper layer receives the first configuration information from the second interface, when the upper layer obtains the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information, the upper layer can send the QoE measurement result to the access layer through the second interface.
  • the access layer when the access layer receives the QoE measurement result from the second interface, it may determine to send the QoE measurement result to the SN.
  • the upper layer when the upper layer obtains the first configuration information from the first interface, the upper layer may determine that the first configuration information is sent by the MN, or determine to send the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first measurement configuration information For the MN, the upper layer may generate indication information #1 of the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information, which is used to instruct to send the QoE measurement result to the MN, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the upper layer when the upper layer obtains the first configuration information from the second interface, the upper layer may determine that the first configuration information is sent by the SN, or determine to send the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first measurement configuration information For the SN, the upper layer may generate indication information #1 of the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information, which is used to instruct to send the QoE measurement result to the SN, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the access layer of the terminal device determines, according to the indication information #1, to send the QoE measurement result to the MN or SN of the terminal device.
  • the access layer may determine the QoE measurement result according to the indication information #1. Sent to MN.
  • the access layer may determine to send the QoE measurement result to the SN according to the indication information #1 SN.
  • the indication information #1 is used to implicitly indicate "send the QoE measurement result to the MN of the terminal equipment" or "send the QoE measurement result to the SN of the terminal equipment", for example, when the indication information #
  • the indication information # When 1 is the service type, if the service type is the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the MN, the access layer of the terminal device determines to send the QoE measurement result to the MN according to the indication information #1. If the service type is the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration issued by the SN, the access layer of the terminal device determines to send the QoE measurement result to the SN according to the indication information #1.
  • the MN configures the terminal equipment to perform the QoE measurement of the QMC of the streaming media service
  • the SN configures the terminal equipment to perform the QoE measurement of the QMC of the MTSI service
  • the indication information #1 indicates the service of the QMC
  • the access layer of the terminal device determines to send the QoE measurement result to the MN according to the indication information #1; when the indication information #1 indicates that the service type of the QMC is MTSI service, the access layer of the terminal Indication information #1, it is determined to send the QoE measurement result to the SN.
  • step 320 when the access layer of the terminal device receives the QoE measurement result through the first interface described above, it may be determined to send the QoE measurement result to the MN; when the access layer of the terminal device receives the QoE measurement result When the QoE measurement result is received through the second interface described above, it may be determined to send the QoE measurement result to the SN.
  • the first access network device that sends the first configuration information may not be in the same connection as the terminal device reporting the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information to the access network device (the MN or SN of the terminal device).
  • the network access device may also be the same access network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, when the terminal device switches the serving access network device due to the mobility of the terminal device, the two are not the same access network device at this time.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device needs to report the QoE measurement result, if the terminal device is not in the MR-DC state (for example, the network side releases the SN of the terminal device), the terminal device reports to the access network device that provides services for the terminal device. Send QoE measurement results.
  • the terminal device when the first access network device delivers the first configuration information, the terminal device is not in the MR-DC state (that is, the network side does not configure MR-DC for the terminal device), and when the terminal device needs to report the QoE measurement result
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is in the MR-DC state (for example, the network side configures MR-DC for the terminal device), the terminal device can send the QoE measurement result to the MN, or the terminal device can send the service type corresponding to the current QoE measurement result to the MN.
  • the node eg MN or SN) sends the QoE measurement result.
  • the upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result and the indication information #1 corresponding to the QoE measurement result to the access layer, so that the access layer can determine according to the indication information #1
  • the QoE measurement result is sent to the MN or SN of the terminal device, so that the terminal device in the MR-DC architecture can send the QoE measurement result to the correct access network device.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives the QoE measurement result and the indication information #2 from its upper layer, and sends the QoE measurement result and indication information #2 uniformly without judging which access network device the QoE measurement result corresponds to.
  • the MN sends the QoE measurement result to the network device (eg, SN or TCE) according to the indication information #2.
  • method 400 includes steps 410 to 480 .
  • the access stratum of the terminal equipment is preconfigured to send the QoE measurement result and the indication information #2 to the MN as an example for description.
  • the measurement result and indication information #2 are sent to the SN, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the following description will be mainly based on the pre-configured terminal equipment to send the QoE measurement result and indication information #2 to the MN.
  • the specific implementation can refer to the terminal equipment to send the QoE measurement result and indication information #2 to the SN.
  • the related description of the QoE measurement result and the indication information #2 sent to the MN may require some simple adaptations, but it is also within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • pre-configured here may include signaling indication or pre-definition by the access network device, for example, protocol definition.
  • pre-definition can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and network equipment). limited.
  • the MN sends first configuration information and indication information #2 to the access layer of the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform QoE measurement at the application layer.
  • the indication information #2 is used to indicate that the access network device sending the first configuration information is the MN of the terminal device.
  • the MN when the MN receives the QoE measurement result from the access layer of the terminal device, it can know whether the QoE measurement result corresponds to the QoE measurement result corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration information issued by the MN or the corresponding SN according to the indication information #2.
  • the QoE measurement result corresponding to the delivered application-layer measurement configuration information when the MN receives the QoE measurement result from the access layer of the terminal device, it can know whether the QoE measurement result corresponds to the QoE measurement result corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration information issued by the MN or the corresponding SN according to the indication information #2.
  • the QoE measurement result corresponding to the delivered application-layer measurement configuration information when the MN receives the QoE measurement result from the access layer of the terminal device, it can know whether the QoE measurement result corresponds to the QoE measurement result corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration information issued by the MN or the corresponding SN according to the indication information #2.
  • the SN sends first configuration information and indication information #2 to the access layer of the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform QoE measurement of the application layer, and the indication information #2 is used to indicate
  • the access network device that sends the first configuration information is the SN of the terminal device.
  • both steps 410 and 420 may be performed, or one of the two may be performed. That is to say, either the MN or the SN can instruct the terminal device to perform the QoE measurement of the application layer.
  • the first configuration information may be the application layer measurement configuration information in FIG. 6 , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Specifically, for the first configuration information and indication information #2, reference may be made to the description in FIG. 3 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the first configuration information and indication information #2 to the upper layer of the access layer.
  • the access layer may send the first configuration information and indication to its upper layer Information #2.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the indication information #2 to the upper layer of the access layer, which means that the access layer can directly send the indication information #2 to the upper layer, and the access layer does not need to know (or perceive, or know) the content of the indication information #2, that is, the access layer does not need to determine, according to the indication information #2, that the access network device sending the first configuration information is the MN.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the first configuration information to the upper layer of the access layer, which may include the access layer directly sending the first configuration information to the upper layer, or may include the access layer obtaining a new configuration information according to the first configuration information. configuration information, and send the configuration information to the upper layer.
  • the new configuration information is used to instruct to perform QoE measurement at the application layer.
  • the upper layer of the access stratum sends the QoE measurement result and indication information #2 to the access stratum.
  • the upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device can obtain the QoE measurement result.
  • the upper layer can receive the QoE measurement result from the application layer, or when the upper layer is the application layer, the upper layer can perform QoE measurement according to the first configuration information to obtain QoE measurement results. Then, the upper layer may send the QoE measurement result and indication information #2 to the access layer.
  • the upper layer may report the QoE measurement result and indication information #2 according to certain rules.
  • the rule may be included in the first configuration information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the upper layer may periodically report the QoE measurement result according to the QoE reporting period, or report the QoE measurement result after a session ends, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the upper layer can also directly send the indication information #2 to the access layer, and does not need to know (or perceive, or know) the content of the indication information #2, that is, the upper layer does not need to know (or perceive, or know) the content of the indication information #2.
  • the access network device that sends the first configuration information is the MN.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result and indication information #2 to the MN.
  • the MN receives the QoE measurement result and the indication information #2 from the terminal device.
  • the access layer of the terminal device receives the QoE measurement result and indication information #2 from its upper layer, it does not need to determine which access network device the QoE measurement result corresponds to, and sends the QoE measurement result and indication information #2 to the MN uniformly.
  • it may be defined by a protocol, or the terminal device may be pre-configured to send the QoE measurement result and the indication information #2 to the MN.
  • the access layer may include the above-mentioned QoE measurement result and indication information #2 in an RRC message and send it to the MN.
  • the QoE measurement result may be encapsulated in the RRC message in the form of a container middle.
  • the indication information #2 may also be encapsulated in the container, or the indication information #2 may be included in a form other than the container in the RRC message in a form that is not a container, which will not be repeated.
  • the access network device may configure a dedicated signaling bearer (such as SRB4) for the terminal device to transmit the QoE measurement result and the indication information #2.
  • a dedicated signaling bearer such as SRB4
  • the transmission priority of SRB4 is lower than that of other SRBs.
  • the MN sending the first configuration information and the MN receiving the QoE measurement result may not be the same access network device, or may be the same access network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device switches the serving MN due to the mobility of the terminal device, the two are not the same MN at this time.
  • the source access network device will send the indication information #2 to the target access network device, so that the target access network device can learn the source according to the indication information #2.
  • the access network device is configured with the first configuration information.
  • the target access network device receives the above-mentioned QoE measurement result and indication information #2 from the terminal device, it can send the QoE measurement result to the network device according to the indication information #2.
  • the access network device that receives the QoE measurement result is predefined, for example, it may be defined by a protocol, or the terminal device is preset to send the QoE measurement result to the access network device. , which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the access network device that sends the first configuration information and the access network device that receives the QoE measurement result may be the same type of access network device, for example, both are MNs, or both are SNs .
  • the access network device that sends the first configuration information and the access network device that receives the QoE measurement result may be different types of access network devices.
  • the MN delivers the first configuration information
  • the SN performs the QoE measurement result.
  • the SN sends the first configuration information
  • the MN receives the QoE measurement result, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the MN may send the QoE measurement result to the network device according to the indication information #2.
  • the network device may be the TCE corresponding to the MN, or the TCE corresponding to the SN, or the SN, etc., which is not limited.
  • the MN sends the QoE measurement result to the TCE.
  • the access network device that delivers the first configuration information is of the same type as the access network device that receives the QoE measurement result, that is, access network devices of the same type.
  • the step 410 is included but the step 420 is not included, that is, the MN sends the first configuration information and the indication information #2 to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the MN can determine that the first configuration information is issued by the MN according to the indication information #2 received from the terminal device, that is, the first configuration information corresponding to the QoE measurement result received from the terminal device is issued by the MN, then the MN Send the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the MN.
  • the indication information #2 may include the TCE ID corresponding to the MN.
  • the MN can obtain the TCE IP corresponding to the TCE ID according to the mapping relationship between the TCE ID and the TCE IP address, and then send the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the TCE IP.
  • the MN determines that the first configuration information of the QoE measurement corresponding to the service type is configured by the MN to the terminal device, and the MN can send the QoE measurement result to the corresponding MN. the TCE.
  • the access network device that delivers the first configuration information and the access network device that receives the QoE measurement result are different types of access network devices.
  • the step 420 is included but the step 410 is not included, that is, the SN sends the first configuration information and the indication information #2 to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the MN can determine that the first configuration information is issued by the SN according to the indication information #2, that is, the first configuration information corresponding to the QoE measurement result received from the terminal device is issued by the SN, and the MN sends the TCE corresponding to the SN to the SN. Send QoE measurement results.
  • the indication information #2 may include the TCE ID corresponding to the SN at this time.
  • the MN can send the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the TCE IP according to the mapping relationship between the TCE ID and the TCE IP address.
  • the MN determines that the first configuration information of the QoE measurement corresponding to the service type is not configured by the MN to the terminal device, and the MN can send the QoE measurement result to the SN the corresponding TCE.
  • the SN may send the TCE ID and the corresponding TCE IP address corresponding to the QoE measurement configured by the SN to the MN.
  • the SN may send the TCE IP address corresponding to the QoE measurement configured by the SN to the MN.
  • the MN determines that the first configuration information is issued by the SN, that is, when the first configuration information corresponding to the QoE measurement result received from the terminal device is issued by the SN, the MN can measure the corresponding TCE IP address according to the QoE measurement configured by the SN. Send the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the SN.
  • the TCE ID corresponding to the QoE measurement delivered by the MN is the same as the TCE ID corresponding to the QoE measurement delivered by the SN.
  • the indication information #2 may include the trace ID, then the MN may send the QoE measurement result together with the trace ID to the TCE corresponding to the TCE ID. In this way, when the TCE receives the QoE measurement result and the trace ID, it can determine whether the QoE measurement result is the first configuration information corresponding to the MN configuration or the first configuration information corresponding to the SN configuration according to the trace ID.
  • the QoE measurement result corresponds to the first configuration information configured by MN; when the trace ID is CN or OAM or EM allocated to SN for QoE measurement During measurement, the QoE measurement result corresponds to the first configuration information of the SN configuration.
  • the MN sends the QoE measurement result to the SN.
  • the access network device that sends the first configuration information is different from the access network device that receives the QoE measurement result, that is, access network devices of different types.
  • the step 420 is included but the step 410 is not included, that is, the SN sends the first configuration information and the indication information #2 to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the MN can determine that the first configuration information is issued by the SN according to the indication information #2, that is, the first configuration information corresponding to the QoE measurement result received from the terminal device is issued by the SN, and the MN sends the QoE to the SN. measurement results.
  • the MN determines that the first configuration information of the QoE measurement corresponding to the service type is not configured by the MN to the terminal device, then the MN can send the QoE measurement result to the SN.
  • the SN sends the QoE measurement result to the TCE.
  • the SN After receiving the QoE measurement result from the MN, the SN sends the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the SN.
  • the specific implementation of the SN sending the QoE measurement result to the network device can refer to the terminal device sending the QoE measurement result.
  • the QoE measurement result and the indication information #2 are sent to the MN (or SN) by pre-configuring the access layer of the terminal device, and then the MN (or SN) transmits the QoE measurement result according to the indication information #2.
  • the measurement result is sent to the network device, that is, the access layer of the terminal device does not need to determine whether the first configuration information corresponding to the QoE measurement result is issued by the MN or issued by the SN, and sends the measurement result to the MN (or SN), thereby The processing complexity of the terminal device is reduced.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • an access network device eg, MN or SN
  • it may indicate to the access layer of the terminal device to report the QoE measurement result obtained according to the application layer measurement configuration information.
  • access network device such as MN or SN.
  • method 500 includes steps 510-570.
  • the MN sends first configuration information and indication information #3 to the access layer of the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform QoE measurement of the application layer, and the indication information #3 is used to indicate
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result to the first access network device, where the first access network device is the MN or the SN.
  • the indication information #3 is used to indicate to which node the access layer of the terminal device reports the application layer measurement configuration information corresponding to the indication information #3 (for example, the application layer measurement configuration information in the same message as the indication information #3). ) obtained QoE measurement results. That is to say, the node to which the QoE measurement result corresponding to each application layer measurement configuration information is reported needs to be indicated once.
  • the indication information #3 may be used to instruct the access layer of the terminal device to which node to report the QoE measurement results obtained from all application layer measurement configuration information, or to instruct the access layer of the terminal device to report to which node all the QoE measurement results obtained from the measurement configuration information of the application layer.
  • the node to which the QoE measurement results corresponding to the multiple application layer measurement configuration information are reported may only need to be indicated once.
  • a node refers to an access network device, such as MN, or SN.
  • the first configuration information may be the application layer measurement configuration information in FIG. 6 , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the description in FIG. 6 which will not be repeated.
  • the indication information #3 may include at least one of QoE service type information, node type information, and RAT type information.
  • the indication information #3 includes the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration information issued by the MN, the node type information of the MN, and the RAT type corresponding to the MN, the indication information #3 can be used to indicate the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the QoE measurement result obtained from the application layer measurement configuration information is sent to the MN.
  • the indication information #3 includes the service type corresponding to the application layer measurement configuration information delivered by the SN, the node type information of the SN, and the RAT type corresponding to the SN
  • the indication information #3 can be used to indicate the terminal equipment.
  • the access layer of the SN sends the QoE measurement result obtained from the application layer measurement configuration information to the SN.
  • the indication information #3 when the indication information #3 includes service type information, it can also be specifically used to indicate which/which service type corresponds to the QoE measurement result to be reported to the MN, and/or which/which service type corresponds to the QoE measurement The result is reported to SN.
  • the indication information #3 can be used to instruct the terminal device to report the QoE measurement results corresponding to service type 1 and service type 2 to the MN, and the QoE measurement results corresponding to service type 3 to report to the SN.
  • the MN and the SN may also negotiate which node to use to report the QoE measurement result.
  • the MN may notify the SN to send the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information delivered by the MN to the SN, or the MN may request the SN to send the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information delivered by the SN to the MN, or the SN may Request the MN to send the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information delivered by the SN to the MN, or the MN may notify the SN to send the QoE measurement result of a certain service type to the SN, or the SN may request the MN to send the QoE measurement result of a certain service type to the SN The measurement results are sent to the MN.
  • the MN and the SN may also exchange the TCE IP address corresponding to the first configuration information.
  • the MN requests the SN to send the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information delivered by the SN to the MN
  • the SN requests the MN to send the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information delivered by the SN to the MN
  • the SN can send the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information delivered by the SN to the MN.
  • a TCE IP address corresponding to the configuration information is sent to the MN. In this way, when the MN receives the QoE measurement result, it can send the QoE measurement result to the correct TCE according to the TCE IP address.
  • the SN may also send the trace ID to the MN.
  • the MN will send the trace ID and the QoE measurement result to the TCE.
  • the TCE IP address corresponding to the first configuration information issued by the MN is the same as the TCE IP address corresponding to the first configuration information issued by the SN, and the SN can send the trace ID to the MN.
  • the MN can send the trace ID and the QoE measurement result to the TCE together, so that the TCE determines, according to the trace ID, whether the QoE measurement result is the first configuration information corresponding to the MN configuration or the first configuration information corresponding to the SN configuration.
  • the MN may notify the SN to send the QoE measurement result corresponding to the first configuration information delivered by the MN to the SN
  • the MN may send the TCE IP address corresponding to the first configuration information to the SN.
  • the MN may also send the trace ID to the SN.
  • the SN will send the trace ID and the QoE measurement result to the TCE.
  • the TCE IP address corresponding to the first configuration information issued by the MN is the same as the TCE IP address corresponding to the first configuration information issued by the SN, and the MN can send the trace ID to the SN.
  • the SN can send the trace ID and the QoE measurement result to the TCE together, so that the TCE determines, according to the trace ID, whether the QoE measurement result is the first configuration information corresponding to the MN configuration or the first configuration information corresponding to the SN configuration.
  • the MN may include the above-mentioned first configuration information and indication information #3 in an RRC message and send it to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information may be in the form of a container Encapsulated in this RRC message.
  • the indication information #3 may also be encapsulated in the container, or the indication information #3 may not be included in the form of a container outside the container in the RRC message (for example, it is explicitly sent to the terminal as an information element).
  • the RRC layer of equipment, access network equipment and terminal equipment can know the specific meaning of these information elements).
  • the indication information #3 may not be carried in the first configuration information, for example, it may be sent to the access layer of the terminal device in an RRC message different from the first configuration information, or it may be the same as the first configuration information. It is encapsulated in the same RRC message and sent to the access layer of the terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the SN sends the first configuration information and indication information #3 to the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information and indication information #3 reference may be made to the description in step 510, and details are not repeated here.
  • both steps 510 and 520 may be performed, or one of the steps may be performed. That is to say, either the MN or the SN here can instruct the terminal device to perform the QoE measurement of the application layer, and instruct the access layer of the terminal device to which node to report the QoE measurement result.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the first configuration information to the upper layer of the access layer.
  • the access layer may send the first configuration information to its upper layer after receiving the first configuration information from the MN or after receiving the first configuration information from the SN.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the first configuration information to the upper layer of the access layer, which may include the access layer directly sending the first configuration information to the upper layer, or may include the access layer according to the first configuration information.
  • the configuration information obtains a new configuration information, and sends the information configuration information to the upper layer.
  • the new configuration information is used to instruct the upper layer to perform QoE measurement of the application layer.
  • the upper layer of the access stratum sends the QoE measurement result to the access stratum.
  • the upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device can obtain the QoE measurement result.
  • the upper layer can receive the QoE measurement result from the application layer, or when the upper layer is the application layer, the upper layer can perform QoE measurement according to the first configuration information to obtain QoE measurement results. Then, the upper layer can send the QoE measurement result to the access layer.
  • the upper layer may report the QoE measurement result according to certain rules.
  • the rule may be included in the first configuration information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the upper layer may periodically report the QoE measurement result according to the QoE reporting period, or report the QoE measurement result after a session ends, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access layer of the terminal device determines whether to send the QoE measurement result to the MN or the SN according to the indication information #3.
  • step 560 is performed, that is, the access layer sends all the QoE measurement results received from the upper layer to the MN.
  • step 570 is performed, that is, the access layer sends all the QoE measurement results received from the upper layer to the SN.
  • step 560 is executed, that is, the access layer sends the QoE measurement result to the MN.
  • step 570 is performed, that is, the access layer sends the QoE measurement result to the SN.
  • the MN receives the QoE measurement result.
  • the SN receives the QoE measurement result. After receiving the QoE measurement result, the MN or SN can directly send the QoE measurement result to the TCE, or to another access network device.
  • the MN after the MN receives the QoE measurement result, it can directly send the QoE measurement result to the TCE, and the TCE determines whether the QoE measurement result corresponds to the first configuration information delivered by the MN or the first configuration information delivered by the SN. of.
  • the MN after the MN receives the QoE measurement result, when it is determined that the QoE measurement result corresponds to the first configuration information delivered by the SN, for example, it can be judged that the QoE measurement of the service type is not based on the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result. If it is configured to the terminal equipment by itself, the MN can send the QoE measurement result to the SN, and then the SN sends the measurement result to the TCE. After the SN receives the QoE measurement result, the processing method is similar to that of the MN, and will not be repeated here.
  • the access network device is used to instruct the terminal device to which node to report the QoE measurement result, so that the terminal device only needs to send the QoE measurement result to which node according to the instruction of the access network device. It helps to reduce the processing complexity of the terminal equipment, and on the other hand, it can help the network side to decide which node to send the QoE measurement result to according to the load of the node, thereby reducing the load of the node receiving the QoE measurement result.
  • the network side may change the service bearer type.
  • the access network device may convert the bearer type of the first service among MCG bearer, SCG bearer, and split bearer, and/or convert the bearer type of the first service between MN terminated bearer and SN terminated bearer.
  • the terminal device can report the QoE measurement result based on the method shown in FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network side changes the service bearer type.
  • method 600 includes steps 610-660.
  • the MN sends first configuration information to the access layer of the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform QoE measurement at the application layer.
  • the first configuration information may be the application layer measurement configuration information in FIG. 10 , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the description in FIG. 6 which will not be repeated.
  • the description is made by taking the MN sending the first configuration information to the access layer of the terminal device as an example.
  • the SN may also send the first configuration information to the access layer of the terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the first configuration information to its upper layer.
  • step 620 reference may be made to the description of step 530 in FIG. 5, and details are not repeated here.
  • the bearer type of the service measured by the QoE is changed.
  • the bearer type of the first service measured by QoE is converted between MCG bearer, SCG bearer, and split bearer, and/or the bearer type of the first service is converted between MN terminated bearer and SN terminated bearer.
  • the access layer of the terminal device learns that the bearer type corresponding to the service type measured by QoE has changed, for example, when the access layer learns that the bearer type of the first service measured by QoE is changed by MCG bearer When it is an SCG bearer, the access layer can also perform step 635, that is, send information #1 to the upper layer to trigger the reporting of the QoE measurement result, or to notify the bearer type corresponding to the service type of the QoE measurement before the change, and the change The bearer type corresponding to the service type of the subsequent QoE measurement.
  • reporting the QoE measurement result is triggered, that is, the upper layer is triggered to report the QoE measurement result.
  • reporting the QoE measurement result may include that the upper layer sends the QoE measurement result to the access layer, and the access layer sends the measurement result to the access network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the upper layer of the access stratum sends the QoE measurement result to the access stratum.
  • the upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device can obtain the QoE measurement result.
  • the upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device can obtain the QoE measurement result.
  • the upper layer of the access layer may report the QoE measurement result in the manner of reporting the QoE measurement report indicated in the first configuration information.
  • the upper layer of the access layer may report the QoE measurement result according to the information #1 in step 630, for example, after receiving the information After #1, the QoE measurement result can be reported, that is, the QoE measurement result is sent to the access layer.
  • the upper layer may send the information to the access layer according to the instructions in the first configuration information. QoE measurement results.
  • the upper layer can send information #2 to the access layer to indicate the bearer type of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result in different time periods, that is, the upper layer can indicate the terminal to the access layer.
  • the bearer type that the device traverses changes.
  • information #2 may include MCG bearer, SCG bearer, and split bearer, indicating that the bearer type of the terminal device is changed from MCG bearer to SCG bearer, and then from SCG bearer to split bearer.
  • the upper layer may also send the time information corresponding to the bearer types in different time periods to the access layer. For example, before or after a certain time point, which bearer type corresponds to the first service between the last two time points.
  • the QoE measurement result may include the above-mentioned information #2, or time information of bearer types in different time periods, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result to the MN.
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result to the MN as an example for description.
  • the access layer of the terminal device may also send the QoE measurement result to the SN.
  • the application is not limited in this regard.
  • whether the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result to the MN or the SN can use any possible method or a combination thereof provided in the aforementioned FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 or FIG. 10 , or use other methods. This is not limited.
  • the access stratum may send the QoE measurement result and the information to the MN. #2, or the time information of bearer types in different time periods, which is not limited in this application.
  • the access layer can encapsulate the QoE measurement result and the above-mentioned information #2, or the time information of the bearer type in different time periods, in the same RRC message and send it to the MN, or send it to the MN using a different RRC message. This is not limited.
  • the QoE measurement result may include the above-mentioned information #2, or time information of bearer types in different time periods.
  • the MN sends the QoE measurement result and information #2 to the TCE.
  • the MN may send the QoE measurement result and the information #2 to the TCE.
  • the MN may send the time information of bearer types in different time periods to the TCE.
  • the terminal device does not need to send the information #1 to the upper layer of the access layer in steps 630-650, and the upper layer of the access layer also does not need to send the information #2 to the access layer.
  • the MN can record the change of the bearer type after the QoE measurement, that is, record the bearer type corresponding to the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result obtained by the QoE measurement in different time periods, that is, the MN itself determines the above information #2.
  • the MN is handed over, that is, the UE is handed over from the source MN to the target MN, the source MN will send the recorded information #2 to the target MN, and the MN will continue to record the change of the bearer type after the QoE measurement.
  • the MN When the MN receives the QoE measurement result from the access stratum of the terminal device, it can send the QoE measurement result together with the information #2 to the TCE.
  • the MN may also record time information of bearer types in different time periods. In this way, when sending the QoE measurement result to the TCE, the MN can also send the time information of the bearer types in the different time periods to the TCE.
  • the MN may also indicate the network architecture to the TCE, for example, whether an integrated access and backhaul (IAB) network architecture is adopted, or whether a CU/DU network architecture is adopted.
  • IAB integrated access and backhaul
  • the protocol may only focus on the change of several bearer types in the above-mentioned bearer types, for example, only the conversion between MN terminated MCG bearer and SN terminated SCG bearer is considered.
  • the protocol may only consider the change of the bearer type in the MR-DC where the MCG and the SCG belong to different RATs, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the TCE can associate the QoE measurement result with the bearer type of the service type for which the QoE measurement is performed. For example, knowing whether the service type of the QoE measurement is carried in the MCG transmission or carried in the SCG transmission is convenient for subsequent network optimization according to the QoE measurement result and the bearer type of the associated service type.
  • the terminal device may send the bearer type of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement result to the access network device, or the access network device may record the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement.
  • Bearer type so that the QoE measurement result and the bearer type of the service type for which the QoE measurement is performed can be associated, which is helpful for network optimization according to the QoE measurement result and the bearer type of the associated service type.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method for measuring QoE for an MR-DC scenario.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method 700 includes steps 710 to 730 .
  • the access network device receives the QoE measurement request and the area range information of the QoE measurement from the CN/OAM/EM.
  • the QoE measurement request reference may be made to the description of step 101 in FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the area range information of the QoE measurement includes related information of multiple RATs, for example, the area range information of RAT1 and the area range information of RAT2.
  • the area scope information may be one or more items in the area Scope of QMC in Table 1 above.
  • the access network device may be an MN or an SN, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information may be the application layer measurement configuration information in FIG. 6 , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For details, reference may be made to the description in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated.
  • the access network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device according to the area range information after receiving the area range information of the QoE measurement from the CN/OAM/EM.
  • the access network device may Send the first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the access network device determines that the terminal device is not currently within the area range of RAT1 in the area range information of QoE measurement, and is not within the area range of RAT2 in the area range information of QoE measurement, the access network device does not The terminal device sends the first configuration information.
  • the access network device may determine not to change the bearer type of the service.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device to suspend the current QoE measurement (that is, the QoE measurement of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement is suspended) or to suspend the reporting of the QoE measurement result, or the service type corresponding to the current QoE measurement has been
  • the terminal device may notify the terminal device to suspend the current QoE measurement (that is, the QoE measurement of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement is suspended) or to suspend the reporting of the QoE measurement result, or the service type corresponding to the current QoE measurement has been
  • the QoE measurement corresponding to the started session continues, but the QoE measurement is not performed for the subsequent new session.
  • the access network device may send the area range information of the QoE measurement to the terminal device (for example, it may be referred to as information #3), for example, the area range information and the first configuration information may be encapsulated in the same RRC message or different.
  • the area range information may be carried in the RRC message, or may be carried in the first configuration information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device when the access network device sends the area range information of the QoE measurement to the terminal device, if the terminal device determines the area range corresponding to the bearer type of the service measured by the QoE (here, for example, refers to the area range of the QoE measurement
  • the bearer type corresponding to the service type is in the area range of the base station corresponding to the RLC/MAC layer corresponding to the network side) is not within the area range of the above QoE measurement (for example, neither is within the area range of RAT1 in the area range information of the QoE measurement, and is not within the area range of RAT2 in the area range information of QoE measurement)
  • the terminal equipment suspends the current QoE measurement (that is, the QoE measurement of the service type corresponding to the QoE measurement is suspended) or suspends the reporting of the QoE measurement result.
  • the QoE measurement corresponding to the session for which the current QoE measurement has been started continues to be performed, but the QoE measurement is not
  • the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result to the access network device. Specifically, the terminal device may perform QoE measurement according to the above-mentioned first configuration information to obtain the QoE measurement result.
  • whether the access layer of the terminal device sends the QoE measurement result to the MN or the SN can use any possible method or a combination thereof provided in the aforementioned FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 or FIG. 10 , or use other methods. This is not limited.
  • the network-side device in the MR-DC scenario, can still configure the area range information of multiple RATs for QoE measurement, so that the terminal device in the MR-DC scenario can also perform measurements in multiple RAT areas.
  • QoE measurement and at the same time the access network device can still perform QoE measurement when the bearer type corresponding to the service for which the QoE measurement is performed changes.
  • each embodiment in this application may be used independently or in combination, which is not limited here.
  • the change of the bearer type of the QoE measurement service may be reported to the TCE according to the method shown in FIG.
  • the method shown in 12 configures the corresponding area range information and the like for the QoE measurement.
  • the method implemented by the access network device may also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or circuit) that can be used for the access network device
  • the method implemented by the terminal device may also be implemented by an available device. It is implemented in a component (such as a chip or circuit) of a terminal device.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 800 for wireless communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 800 may be an access network device, or may be a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that may be provided in an access network.
  • the apparatus 800 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip or a circuit, for example, a chip or a circuit that can be provided in the terminal device.
  • the apparatus 800 may include a processing unit 810 (ie, an example of a processor) and a transceiver unit 830 .
  • a processing unit 810 ie, an example of a processor
  • a transceiver unit 830 ie, an example of a transceiver
  • the transceiver unit 830 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the apparatus may further include a storage unit 820 .
  • the storage unit 820 is used to store instructions.
  • the storage unit may also be used to store data or information.
  • the storage unit 820 may be implemented by a memory.
  • the processing unit 810 may be configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 820, so that the apparatus 800 implements the steps performed by the access network device in the above method.
  • the processing unit 810, the storage unit 820, and the transceiver unit 830 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals.
  • the storage unit 820 is used to store a computer program
  • the processing unit 810 can be used to call and run the computer program from the storage unit 820 to control the transceiver unit 830 to receive signals and/or send signals to complete the above method. Steps to access network equipment.
  • the processing unit 810 may be configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 820, so that the apparatus 800 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method.
  • the processing unit 810, the storage unit 820, and the transceiver unit 830 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals.
  • the storage unit 820 is used to store a computer program
  • the processing unit 810 can be used to call and run the computer program from the storage unit 820 to control the transceiver unit 830 to receive signals and/or send signals to complete the above method. Steps for terminal equipment.
  • the storage unit 820 may be integrated in the processing unit 810 , or may be provided separately from the processing unit 810 .
  • the transceiver unit 830 may include a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
  • the transceiver unit 830 may include an input interface and an output interface.
  • the function of the transceiver unit 830 can be considered to be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
  • the processing unit 810 can be considered to be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processing unit or a general-purpose chip.
  • a general-purpose computer may be used to implement the communication device (for example, an access network device or a terminal device) provided in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the program codes that will implement the functions of the processing unit 810 and the transceiver unit 830 are stored in the storage unit 820 , and the general-purpose processing unit implements the functions of the processing unit 810 and the transceiver unit 830 by executing the codes in the storage unit 820 .
  • the apparatus 800 when the apparatus 800 is a terminal device or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device,
  • a processing unit 810 configured for the access layer of the terminal device to receive the quality of experience QoE measurement result and the first indication information from the upper layer of the access layer;
  • the processing unit 810 is further configured for the access layer to determine, according to the first indication information, the primary base station or the secondary base station that sends the QoE measurement result to the terminal device.
  • the apparatus 800 further includes a transceiver unit 830, configured to receive first configuration information from the first access network device, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform application-layer QoE measurement, the first access network device.
  • the network access device is the primary base station or secondary base station of the terminal device;
  • the processing unit 810 is further configured for the access layer to send the first configuration information and the first indication information to an upper layer of the access layer of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to receive second indication information from the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first access network device is the primary base station or the secondary base station ;
  • the processing unit 810 is further configured for the access layer to determine the first indication information according to the second indication information.
  • the first indication information and the second indication information are the same piece of information.
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to receive third indication information from the second access network device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the access layer of the terminal device to report to the first access network The device sends the QoE measurement result;
  • the first access network device is a primary base station, and the second access network device is a secondary base station; or, the first access network device is a secondary base station, and the second access network device is a secondary base station
  • the device is the main base station.
  • the first indication information includes a tracking identifier ID, a tracking collection entity identifier TCE ID, QoE service type information, node type information, radio access technology RAT type information, PDU session identifier, 5G quality of service identifier 5QI, service At least one of a quality flow identifier QFI and a first identifier, wherein the first identifier is allocated by the operation, management and maintenance OAM or access network equipment.
  • processing unit 810 is further configured to:
  • the access layer determines that the bearer type corresponding to the service type measured by the QoE changes
  • the access stratum When the bearer type is changed, the access stratum sends first information to the upper layer of the access stratum, where the first information is used to trigger the reporting of the QoE measurement result, or the first information is used to notify the change
  • the bearer type corresponding to the service type of the QoE measurement before and after the change.
  • the processing unit 810 is also used for the access stratum to obtain the data from the access stratum.
  • the upper layer receives second information, where the second information is used to indicate the bearer types of the service types corresponding to the QoE measurement results in different time periods.
  • the processing unit 810 is further configured for the access stratum to receive time information corresponding to the bearer types of the different time periods from an upper layer of the access stratum.
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to receive third information from a third access network device, where the third information is used to indicate an area range of the QoE measurement, and the area range includes at least two RATs. Area range information, the third access network device is the primary base station or the secondary base station of the terminal device.
  • the apparatus 800 when the apparatus 800 is a terminal device or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device,
  • a transceiver unit 830 configured to receive first configuration information from a first access network device, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform quality of experience (QoE) measurement at the application layer;
  • QoE quality of experience
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to receive second indication information from the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first access network device is the primary base station or secondary base station of the terminal device. base station;
  • a processing unit 810 configured for the access layer of the terminal device to send the first configuration information and the second indication information to the upper layer of the access layer;
  • the processing unit 810 is further configured for the access layer to receive a QoE measurement result and the second indication information from an upper layer of the access layer, wherein the QoE measurement result is the upper layer according to the first configuration. Information obtained by QoE measurement;
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send the second indication information and the QoE measurement result to a second access network device, where the first access network device is the same as the second access network device , or the first access network device is the primary base station and the second access network device is the secondary base station, or the first access network device is the secondary base station and the second access network device is the secondary base station main base station.
  • the second indication information includes a tracking ID, a tracking collection entity identifier TCE ID, a QoE service type, a node type, a radio access technology RAT type, a PDU session identifier, a 5G quality of service identifier 5QI, and a quality of service flow identifier QFI. and at least one of first identifiers, wherein the first identifiers are allocated by operating, managing and maintaining OAM or access network equipment.
  • the apparatus 800 when the apparatus 800 is the first access network device or a chip or circuit provided in the first access network device,
  • a transceiver unit 830 configured to receive a quality of experience QoE measurement result and second indication information from a terminal device, where the QoE measurement result is obtained by the terminal device performing QoE measurement according to the first configuration information, and the second indication information
  • the second access network device that instructs the terminal device to send the first configuration information is the primary base station or the secondary base station of the terminal device, and the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform application-layer QoE Measurement;
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send the QoE measurement result to the network device according to the second indication information, wherein the first access network device is the same as the second access network device, or the The first access network device is the primary base station and the second access network device is the secondary base station, or the first access network device is the secondary base station and the second access network device is the primary base station.
  • the first access network device is the same as the second access network device, and the transceiver unit 830 is specifically configured to send the QoE to the tracking collection entity TCE corresponding to the first access network device measurement results.
  • the first access network device is a primary base station and the second access network device is a secondary base station, or the first access network device is a secondary base station and the second access network device is a secondary base station main base station;
  • the first transceiver unit 830 is specifically configured to send the QoE measurement result to the TCE corresponding to the second access network device, or send the QoE measurement result to the second access network device.
  • the second indication information includes a tracking ID, a tracking collection entity identifier TCE ID, a QoE service type, a node type, a radio access technology RAT type, a PDU session identifier, a 5G quality of service identifier 5QI, and a quality of service flow identifier QFI. and at least one of first identifiers, wherein the first identifiers are allocated by operating, managing and maintaining OAM or access network equipment.
  • the second indication information includes a tracking and collection entity TCE identification ID
  • the transceiver unit 830 is specifically configured to:
  • the second indication information includes a tracking ID
  • the transceiver unit 830 is specifically configured to send the QoE measurement result and the tracking ID to the TCE.
  • the transceiver unit 830 before the transceiver unit 830 receives the QoE measurement result and the second indication information from the terminal device, the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first configuration information and the second indication information to the terminal device. .
  • the apparatus 800 when the apparatus 800 is an access network device or a chip or circuit provided in the access network device,
  • a transceiver unit 830 configured to receive the QoE measurement result from the terminal device
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send the QoE measurement result and second information to the TCE, where the second information is used to indicate bearer types corresponding to the service types corresponding to the QoE measurement results in different time periods.
  • a processing unit 810 is further included, configured to determine the bearer types of the service types corresponding to the QoE measurement results in different time periods.
  • the processing unit 810 is further configured to determine time information corresponding to bearer types in different time periods, and the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send the time information to the TCE.
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to receive, from the terminal device, bearer types of the service types corresponding to the QoE measurement results in different time periods.
  • the transceiver unit 830 may also receive time information corresponding to the bearer types in the different time periods from the terminal device, and send the time information corresponding to the bearer types in the different time periods to the TCE.
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to indicate the network architecture to the TCE, for example, whether the integrated access and backhaul (IAB) network architecture is adopted, or whether the CU/DU network architecture is adopted, etc. .
  • IAB integrated access and backhaul
  • the apparatus 800 when the apparatus 800 is an access network device or a chip or circuit provided in the access network device,
  • the transceiver unit 830 is configured to receive third information from the CN/OAM/EM, where the third information is used to indicate the area range of the QoE measurement;
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device according to the area range information, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to measure the quality of experience QoE at the application layer.
  • it also includes a processing unit 810, configured to determine that the area corresponding to the target bearer type to be changed is not within the area of the above-mentioned QoE measurement when the network side needs to change the bearer type of the service for QoE measurement.
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to notify the terminal device to suspend the current QoE measurement or to suspend the reporting of the QoE measurement result, or the QoE measurement corresponding to the session that has already started in the service type corresponding to the current QoE measurement continues but the subsequent new session continues. QoE measurements are no longer performed.
  • the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send the above-mentioned third information to the terminal device.
  • the apparatus 800 when the apparatus 800 is a terminal device or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device,
  • a processing unit 810 configured to determine that the bearer type corresponding to the service type of the QoE measurement has changed
  • the processing unit 810 is further configured to, when the bearer type is changed, the access layer of the terminal device to send first information to the upper layer of the access layer, where the first information is used to trigger the reporting of the QoE measurement result, or The first information is used to notify the bearer type corresponding to the service type of the QoE measurement before and after the change.
  • the processing unit 810 is also used for the access stratum to obtain the data from the access stratum.
  • the upper layer receives second information, where the second information is used to indicate the bearer types of the service types corresponding to the QoE measurement results in different time periods.
  • the processing unit 810 is further configured for the access stratum to receive time information corresponding to the bearer types of the different time periods from an upper layer of the access stratum.
  • Each unit in the above embodiments may also be referred to as a module or a circuit or a component.
  • each module or unit in the apparatus 800 may be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the access network device in the above method.
  • each module or unit in the apparatus 800 can be used to execute each action or processing process performed by the terminal device in the above method.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 900 provided by this application.
  • the terminal device 900 may perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 14 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 900 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, for example, for supporting the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment. the described action.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, such as the codebook described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • the control circuit together with the antenna can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 14 only shows one memory and one processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data.
  • the processor in FIG. 14 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • a terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, a terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • an antenna and a control circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit 910 of the terminal device 900
  • a processor with a processing function may be regarded as the processing unit 920 of the terminal device 900
  • the terminal device 900 includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920 .
  • the transceiver unit 910 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, or the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 910 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 910 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the access network device (for example, the first access network device) in the above method.
  • the network device 1000 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1010 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DUs) 1020.
  • RRU 1010 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and may include at least one antenna 1011 and a radio frequency unit 1012 .
  • the part of the RRU 1010 is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals to baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the above embodiments to terminal equipment.
  • the part of the BBU1020 is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 1010 and the BBU 1020 may be physically set together or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU1020 is the control center of the base station, which may also be called a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spread spectrum.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 1020 may be used to control the access network device to execute the operation flow of the access network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the BBU1020 may be composed of one or more single boards, and the multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), or may support different access modes respectively. into the standard wireless access network.
  • the BBU 1020 further includes a memory 1021 and a processor 1022 .
  • the memory 1021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 1022 is configured to control the access network device to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the access network device to perform the operation flow of the access network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the memory 1021 and the processor 1022 may serve one or more single boards. That is to say, the memory and processor can be provided separately on each single board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits may also be provided on each single board.
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • all or part of the functions of part 1020 and part 1010 can be implemented by SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Implementation, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station.
  • the base station function chip can also read the external memory of the chip to realize the related functions of the base station.
  • FIG. 15 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation to the embodiments of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other forms of base station structures that may appear in the future.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned access network device and terminal device.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Fetch memory
  • direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, implements the steps performed by the access network device in any of the foregoing embodiments, or the steps performed by the terminal device .
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, implements the steps performed by the access network device in any of the foregoing embodiments, or the steps performed by the terminal device.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, where the system chip includes: a communication unit and a processing unit.
  • the processing unit may, for example, be a processor.
  • the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, or the like.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions, so that the chip in the communication apparatus executes the steps performed by the access network device provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application, or the steps performed by the terminal device.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including the access network device and the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments.
  • various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or medium.
  • computer readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, removable hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种通信方法和通信装置，使得MR-DC架构中的终端设备能够将QoE测量结果发送给正确的接入网设备。该通信方法包括：终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收体验质量QoE测量结果和第一指示信息；所述终端设备的接入层根据所述第一指示信息，确定将所述QoE测量结果发送给所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站。因此，本申请通过终端设备的接入层的上层向接入层发送QoE测量结果以及该QoE测量结果对应的第一指示信息，使得接入层能够根据该第一指示信息，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给终端设备的主基站或辅基站，从而使得MR-DC架构中的终端设备能够将QoE测量结果发送给正确的接入网设备。

Description

通信方法和通信装置 技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，并且更具体的，涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。
背景技术
对于一些流业务或语音业务而言，例如流服务(streaming service)、互联网协议(internet protocol，IP)多媒体系统的多媒体电话(multimedia telephony service for IMS，MTSI)服务等，单纯的信号质量并不能体现用户在使用这些业务时的体验。运营商通过获知用户的体验，从而能够更好的优化网络以提高用户体验。这类测量收集可以称为体验质量(quality of experience，QoE)测量收集(QoE measurement collection,QMC)，也可以称为应用层测量收集。在QoE测量收集时，接入网设备从核心网(core network，CN)或操作、管理和维护(operation,administration and maintenance，OAM)接收用于QoE测量的测量配置信息，并将该测量配置信息发送给终端设备。终端设备根据该测量配置信息获取测量结果之后，将该测量结果发送给接入网设备。
在多无线的双连接(multi-radio dual connectivity，MR-DC)架构中，终端设备可以同时与至少两个接入网设备存在通信连接并可以收发数据。在该至少两个接入网设备之中，可以将负责与终端设备交互无线资源控制消息，并负责和核心网控制平面实体交互的接入网设备称为主基站(master node，MN)，其他接入网设备可以称之为辅基站(secondary node，SN)。其中，MN和SN均可以向终端设备发送QoE测量对应的测量配置信息。在这种场景下，终端设备该如何上报QoE测量结果是一个需要研究的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供通信方法和通信装置，使得MR-DC架构中的终端设备能够将QoE测量结果发送给正确的接入网设备。
第一方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：
终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收体验质量QoE测量结果和第一指示信息；
所述终端设备的接入层根据所述第一指示信息，确定将所述QoE测量结果发送给所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站。
因此，本申请实施例中，通过终端设备的接入层的上层向接入层发送QoE测量结果以及该QoE测量结果对应的第一指示信息，使得接入层能够根据该第一指示信息，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给终端设备的主基站或辅基站，从而使得MR-DC架构中的终端设备能够将QoE测量结果发送给正确的接入网设备。
需要说明的是，终端设备可以根据该第一指示信息确定把QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的主基站或辅基站。作为一种可能的实现方式，该指示信息#1可以显式指示“将该QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的MN”或“将该QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的SN”。 作为另一种可能的实现方式，该指示信息#1可以隐式指示“将该QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的MN”或“将该QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的SN”。
在一些实施方式中，当终端设备的应用层根据至少两个应用层测量配置进行QoE测量的时间有重叠，或上报至少两个应用层测量配置对应的QoE测量的周期有重叠时，终端设备的接入层在从上层接收到QoE测量结果时，可能无法获知该QoE测量结果对应哪个QoE测量配置，进而不能确定将该QoE测量结果发送给主基站还是辅基站。此时，如果接入层能够接收到该QoE测量结果对应的第一指示信息，那么终端设备可以根据该第一指示信息，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给主基站还是辅基站。
或者，在一些实施方式中，即使终端设备的应用层只接收到一个应用层测量配置，为了兼容后续扩展到至少两个应用层测量配置进行QoE测量的场景，可以使接入层能够接收到该QoE测量结果对应的第一指示信息，并根据该第一指示信息，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给主基站还是辅基站。
作为示例，第一指示信息可以包括跟踪标识(trace ID)、TCE ID、QoE业务类型(service type)信息、节点类型(node type)信息、RAT类型(type)信息、PDU会话标识(PDU session ID)、5G服务质量标识(5G QoS identifier，5QI)、服务质量流标识(Qos Flow identifier，QFI)和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，第一标识是OAM或接入网设备分配的。其中，节点类型信息可以指示主基站或辅基站。作为具体的例子，第一标识可以为基站标识，或者为测量任务标识，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收QoE测量结果和第一指示信息之前，还包括：
所述终端设备的接入层从第一接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量，所述第一接入网设备为所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站。也就是说，主基站可以向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息，指示终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量，辅基站也可以向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息，指示终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量。
然后，所述终端设备的接入层将所述第一配置信息和所述第一指示信息发送给所述终端设备的接入层的上层。
因此，通过终端设备的接入层向接入层的上层发送第一配置信息和其对应的第一指示信息，使得上层能够在根据该第一配置信息获得QoE测量结果时，能够获得该QoE测量结果对应的第一指示信息。之后，终端设备的接入层的上层把将该QoE测量结果和该第一指示信息发送给终端设备的接入层，从而接入层就可以根据该第一指示信息，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给主基站还是辅基站。
一些实施例中，第一指示信息可以是接入层的上层自己确定的，例如根据用于指示终端设备进行QoE测量的应用层测量配置，或者与该应用层测量配置一起发送的相关信息(例如业务类型信息)确定的，本申请对此不作限定。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，还包括：
所述终端设备的接入层从所述第一接入网设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备为主基站或辅基站；
所述接入层根据所述第二指示信息，确定所述第一指示信息。
作为示例，第二指示信息可以包括trace ID、TCE ID、QoE业务类型(service type)信息、节点类型信息、RAT类型信息、PDU会话标识、5G服务质量标识(5G QoS identifier，5QI)、服务质量流标识(Qos Flow identifier，QFI)和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，第一标识是OAM或接入网设备分配的。
作为一个示例，第二指示信息和第一指示信息可以为同一条信息。也就是说，第一指示信息和第二指示信息包含的内容相同。例如，当终端设备的接入层接收到第一接入网设备发送的第二指示信息时，接入层可以将该第二指示信息发送给接入层的上层，以实现将第一指示信息发送给上层。此时，终端设备不需要重新生成该第一指示信息，从而有助于减小终端复杂度。
一些实施例中，终端设备的接入层还可以根据第一配置信息的来源(例如来自主基站，或辅基站)来确定第一指示信息，本申请对此不作限定。
因此，本申请实施例中，通过根据第二指示信息来确定第一指示信息，或者根据发送第一配置信息的接入网设备为主基站或辅基站来确定第一指示信息，能够使得第一指示信息用于指示将根据该第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到QoE测量结果发送给发送该第一配置信息的接入网设备，从而能够有助于终端设备将QoE测量结果发送给正确的接入网设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收QoE测量结果和第一指示信息之前，还包括：
所述终端设备的接入层从第二接入网设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的接入层向所述第一接入网设备发送所述QoE测量结果；
其中，所述第一接入网设备为主基站，且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站；或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站的，且所述第二接入网设备为主基站。
因此，本申请实施例通过接入网设备来指示终端设备将QoE测量结果上报给哪个接入网设备，从而使得终端设备只需要按照接入网设备的指示，将QoE测量结果发送给哪个接入网设备，一方面能够有助于降低终端设备的处理复杂度，另一方面能够有助于网络侧根据节点的负荷来决定将QoE测量结果发送给哪个接入网设备，从而减少接收QoE测量结果的接入网设备的负荷。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，还包括：
所述终端设备的接入层确定QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型发生改变；
在所述承载类型发生改变时，所述终端设备的接入层向所述接入层的上层发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于触发QoE测量结果上报，或者所述第一信息用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型。
因此，本申请实施例在网络侧进行业务承载类型的变更时，终端设备可以向接入网设备发送QoE测量结果对应的业务类型的承载类型，进而接入网设备可以将该承载类型发送给TCE，使得TCE能够将QoE测量结果与进行QoE测量的业务类型的承载类型关联起来，有助于根据QoE测量结果以及关联的业务类型的承载类型进行网络优化。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当所述第一信息用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型时，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所 述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段的承载类型。
因此，本申请实施例在网络侧进行业务承载类型的变更时，终端设备可以向接入网设备发送QoE测量结果对应的业务类型的承载类型，进而接入网设备可以将该承载类型发送给TCE，使得TCE能够将QoE测量结果与进行QoE测量的业务类型的承载类型关联起来，有助于根据QoE测量结果以及关联的业务类型的承载类型进行网络优化。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，还包括：
所述终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收所述不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，还包括：
所述终端设备从第三接入网设备接收第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述QoE测量的区域范围，所述区域范围包括至少两个RAT的区域范围信息，所述第三接入网设备为所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站。
因此，本申请实施例中，在MR-DC场景下，网络侧设备仍然可以为QoE测量配置多个RAT的区域范围信息，从而终端设备处于MR-DC场景下也可以进行在多个RAT区域内进行QoE测量。
第二方面，提供了一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
终端设备的接入层从第一接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备进行应用层的体验质量QoE测量；
所述终端设备的接入层从所述第一接入网设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备为所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站；
所述终端设备的接入层将所述第一配置信息和所述第二指示信息发送给所述接入层的上层；
终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收QoE测量结果和所述第二指示信息，其中，所述QoE测量结果是所述上层根据所述第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的；
所述终端设备的接入层将所述第二指示信息和所述QoE测量结果发送给第二接入网设备，其中，所述第一接入网设备与所述第二接入网设备相同，或者，所述第一接入网设备为主基站且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站，或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站且所述第二接入网设备为主基站。
因此，本申请实施例中，可以配置终端设备的接入层将QoE测量结果和第二指示信息统一发送给主基站(或辅基站)，再由主基站(或辅基站)根据该第二指示信息将QoE测量结果发送给网络设备，即终端设备的接入层无需判断QoE测量结果对应的第一配置信息是主基站发送的，还是辅基站发送的，都将测量结果发送给主基站(或辅基站)，从而降低了终端设备的处理复杂度。
需要说明的是，终端设备的接入层将该第二指示信息发送给接入层的上层，指的是该接入层可以直接将第二指示信息发送给上层，接入层并不需要获知(或感知，或知道)该第二指示信息的内容。另外，上层也可以直接将第二指示信息发送给接入层，并不需要获知(或感知，或知道)该第二指示信息的内容。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪ID、跟踪收集实体标识TCE ID、QoE业务类型、节点类型、无线接入技术RAT类型、PDU会话标 识、5G服务质量标识5QI、服务质量流标识QFI和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，所述第一标识是操作、管理和维护OAM或接入网设备分配的。
第三方面，提供了一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
第一接入网设备从终端设备接收体验质量QoE测量结果和第二指示信息，其中，所述QoE测量结果是所述终端设备根据第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的，所述第二指示信息指示向所述终端设备发送所述第一配置信息的第二接入网设备为所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量；
所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，其中，所述第一接入网设备与所述第二接入网设备相同，或者，所述第一接入网设备为主基站且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站，或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站且所述第二接入网设备为主基站。
因此，本申请实施例中，可以配置终端设备的接入层将QoE测量结果和第二指示信息统一发送给第一接入网设备(第一接入网设备例如为终端设备的主基站或辅基站)，再由第一接入网设备根据该第二指示信息将QoE测量结果发送给网络设备，即终端设备的接入层无需判断QoE测量结果对应的第一配置信息是主基站发送的，还是辅基站发送的，都将测量结果发送给第一接入网设备，从而降低了终端设备的处理复杂度。
需要说明的是，这里第一接入网设备从终端设备的接入层接收QoE测量结果时，可以根据第二指示信息知道QoE测量结果是对应主基站发送的应用层测量配置对应的QoE测量结果，还是对应辅基站发送的应用层测量配置对应的QoE测量结果。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一接入网设备与所述第二接入网设备相同，
所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，包括：
所述第一接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备对应的跟踪收集实体TCE发送所述QoE测量结果。
也就是说，当第一接入网设备根据该第二指示信息，确定从终端设备接收的QoE测量结果对应的第一配置信息时自己发送的情况下，第一接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备对应的TCE发送该QoE测量结果。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一接入网设备为主基站且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站，或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站且所述第二接入网设备为主基站；
所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，包括：
所述第一接入网设备向所述第二接入网设备对应的TCE发送所述QoE测量结果，或所述第一接入网设备向所述第二接入网设备发送所述QoE测量结果。
也就是说，当第一接入网设备根据第二指示信息，确定从终端设备接收的QoE测量结果对应的第一配置信息不是自己发送(例如为第二接入网设备发送)的情况下，第一接入网设备可以向该第二接入网设备对应的TCE发送该QoE测量结果，或者向第二接入网设备发送该QoE测量结果。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪ID、跟踪收集实体标识TCE ID、QoE业务类型、节点类型、无线接入技术RAT类型、PDU会话标识、5G服务质量标识5QI、服务质量流标识QFI和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，所述第一标识是操作、管理和维护OAM或接入网设备分配的。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪收集实体TCE标识ID，
所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，包括：
所述第一接入网设备根据TCE ID与TCE IP的关系，获取所述TCE ID对应的TCE IP；
所述第一接入网设备将所述QoE测量结果发送给所述TCE IP对应的TCE。
可选的，第二接入网设备可以将其配置的QoE测量对应的TCE ID和对应的TCE IP地址发送给第一接入网设备。或者第二接入网设备可以将其配置的QoE测量对应的TCE IP地址发送给第一接入网设备。这样，第一接入网设备确定第一配置信息是第二接入网设备发送的，即从终端设备接收的QoE测量结果对应的第一配置信息是第二接入网设备发送的时，则第一接入网设备可以按照第二接入网设备配置的QoE测量对应的TCE IP地址向第二接入网对应的TCE发送QoE测量结果。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪ID，
所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，包括：
所述第一接入网设备将所述QoE测量结果和所述跟踪ID发送给所述TCE。
这样，对于第一接入网设备发送的QoE测量对应的TCE ID与第二接入网设备发送的QoE测量对应的TCE ID一样的情况，TCE在接收到QoE测量结果和trace ID时，就能够根据该trace ID，确定该QoE测量结果是对应第一接入网设备配置的第一配置信息，还是对应第二接入网设备配置的第一配置信息。例如，当该trace ID是CN或OAM或EM分配给主基站进行QoE测量时，该QoE测量结果是对应主基站配置的第一配置信息的；当该trace ID是CN或OAM或EM分配给辅基站进行QoE测量时，该QoE测量结果是对应辅基站配置的第一配置信息的。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一接入网设备从终端设备接收QoE测量结果和第二指示信息之前，还包括：
所述第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一配置信息和所述第二指示信息。
也就是说，向终端设备发送第一配置信息和第二指示信息的接入网设备与接收QoE测量结果和第二指示信息的接入网设备为相同的接入网设备，例如均为主基站，或者均为辅基站。
第四方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：
接入网设备从终端设备接收QoE测量结果；
所述接入网设备向TCE发送所述QoE测量结果和第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段对应的承载类型。
因此，本申请实施例在网络侧进行业务承载类型的变更时，接入网设备可以向接入网 设备发送QoE测量对应的业务类型的承载类型，使得TCE能够将QoE测量结果与进行QoE测量的业务类型的承载类型关联起来，有助于根据QoE测量结果以及关联的业务类型的承载类型进行网络优化。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，所述接入网设备可以确定所述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段的承载类型。也就是说，接入网设备能够记录QoE测量对应的业务类型的承载类型，并将QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段对应的承载类型发送给TCE。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，所述接入网设备还可以确定不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息，并将该时间信息发送给TCE。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，所述接入网设备从所述终端设备接收所述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段的承载类型。也就是说，终端设备可以向接入网设备发送QoE测量结果对应的业务类型的承载类型，然后接入网设备可以将该QoE测量结果对应的业务类型的承载类型发送给TCE。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，接入网设备还可以从所述终端设备接收所述不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息，并向所述TCE发送所述不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息。
可选的，接入网设备还可以向TCE指示网络架构，例如是否采用了接入和回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul，IAB)的网络架构，或者是否采用了CU/DU的网络架构等。
第五方面，提供了一种通信方法，在该方法中，接入网设备可以从CN/OAM/EM接收第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述QoE测量的区域范围，所述区域范围包括至少两个RAT的区域范围信息；
接入网设备根据该区域范围信息，向终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备进行应用层的体验质量QoE测量。
示例性的，当接入网设备确定终端设备当前处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT1的区域范围之内，或者处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT2的区域范围之内时，接入网设备可以向终端设备发送该第一配置信息。当接入网设备确定终端设备当前没有处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT1的区域范围之内，且也没有处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT2的区域范围之内时，接入网设备不向终端设备发送该第一配置信息。
因此，本申请实施例中，在MR-DC场景下，网络侧设备仍然可以为QoE测量配置多个RAT的区域范围信息，从而终端设备处于MR-DC场景下也可以进行在多个RAT区域内进行QoE测量。
在一些可选的实施方式中，当网络侧需要对QoE测量的业务的承载类型进行变更时，如果需要变更的目标承载类型对应的区域范围不在上述QoE测量的区域范围之内，则接入网设备可以确定不进行该业务的承载类型的变更。这样，接入网设备进行QoE测量的业务对应的承载类型的改变时仍然可以进行QoE测量。
或者，在一些可选的实施方式中，当网络侧需要对QoE测量的业务的承载类型进行变更时，如果需要变更的目标承载类型对应的区域范围不在上述QoE测量的区域范围之内，接入网设备可以通知终端设备暂停进行当前的QoE测量或暂停QoE测量结果的上报， 或者当前的QoE测量对应的业务类型中已经开始的会话对应的QoE测量继续进行但后续新的会话就不再进行QoE测量。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，接入网设备可以向终端设备发送上述第三信息。这样，当终端设备判断出QoE测量的业务的承载类型对应的区域范围不在上述QoE测量的区域范围之内，则终端设备可以暂停进行当前的QoE测量或暂停QoE测量结果的上报，或者当前的QoE测量已经开始的会话对应的QoE测量继续进行但后续新的会话就不再进行QoE测量。
第六方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：
终端设备的接入层确定QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型发生改变；
在所述承载类型发生改变时，所述终端设备的接入层向所述接入层的上层发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于触发QoE测量结果上报，或者所述第一信息用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型。
因此，本申请实施例在网络侧进行业务承载类型的变更时，终端设备可以向接入网设备发送QoE测量结果对应的业务类型的承载类型，进而接入网设备可以将该承载类型发送给TCE，使得TCE能够将QoE测量结果与进行QoE测量的业务类型的承载类型关联起来，有助于根据QoE测量结果以及关联的业务类型的承载类型进行网络优化。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，当所述第一信息用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型时，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段的承载类型。
因此，本申请实施例在网络侧进行业务承载类型的变更时，终端设备可以向接入网设备QoE测量结果对应的业务类型的承载类型，进而接入网设备可以将该承载类型发送给TCE，使得TCE能够将QoE测量结果与进行QoE测量的业务类型的承载类型关联起来，有助于根据QoE测量结果以及关联的业务类型的承载类型进行网络优化。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，还包括：
所述终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收所述不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息。
第七方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，用于执行上述第一方面至第六方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法，具体的，该装置包括用于执行上述第一方面至第六方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元或模块。
第八方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器和收发器。可选的，还可以包括存储器。其中，该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行上述第一方面至第六方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第九方面，提供了一种通信芯片，包括处理器和通信接口，所述处理器用于从所述通信接口调用并运行指令，当所述处理器执行所述指令时，实现上述第一方面至第六方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
可选地，该通信芯片还可以包括存储器，该存储器中存储有指令，处理器用于执行存 储器中存储的指令或源于其他的指令。当该指令被执行时，处理器用于实现上述第一方面至第六方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面至第六方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第十一方面，本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行第一方面至第六方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面，提供了一种通信系统，该通信系统包括具有实现上述第一方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置以及接入网设备，该接入网设备例如可以为实现上述第四方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置，或者为实现上述第五方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置；或者
该通信系统包括具有实现上述第二方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置，以及具有实现上述第三方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置。
附图说明
图1是本申请的通信系统的一种结构示意图。
图2是本申请的接入网设备的一种结构示意图。
图3是本申请的接入网设备的另一种结构示意图。
图4是QoS架构的一种示意图。
图5是一种对于承载的协议栈的示意图。
图6是一种QoE测量的方法的示意性流程图。
图7是另一种QoE测量的方法的示意性流程图。
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信的装置的示意图。
图14是本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、第五代(5th generation，5G)系统或新无线(new radio，NR)，或未来的下一代通信系统等。
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为：用户设备(user equipment，UE)、移动台(mobile station，MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。
终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备，例如，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前，一些终端的举例为：手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device，MID)、可穿戴设备，虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
此外，在本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things，IoT)系统中的终端设备，IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分，其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接，从而实现人机互连，物物互连的智能化网络。
在本申请实施例中，IoT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band，NB)技术，做到海量连接，深度覆盖，终端省电。例如，NB只包括一个资源块(resource bloc，RB)，即，NB的带宽只有180KB。要做到海量接入，必须要求终端在接入上是离散的，根据本申请实施例的通信方法，能够有效解决IOT技术海量终端在通过NB接入网络时的拥塞问题。
本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，该接入网设备也可以称为接入设备或无线接入网设备，可以是全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications，GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该接入网设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可 穿戴设备以及5G网络中的接入网设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入网设备等，可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point，AP),可以是新型无线系统(new radio，NR)系统中的gNB，本申请实施例并不限定。
另外，在本申请实施例中，接入网设备是RAN中的设备，或者说，是将终端设备接入到无线网络的RAN节点。例如，作为示例而非限定，作为接入网设备，可以列举：gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(base band unit，BBU)，或无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wifi)接入点(access point，AP)等。在一种网络结构中，接入网设备可以是包括集中单元(centralized unit，CU)节点和分布单元(distributed unit，DU)节点的RAN设备，或者是包括控制面CU节点(CU-CP节点)和用户面CU节点(CU-UP节点)以及DU节点的RAN设备。
接入网设备为小区提供服务，终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如，频域资源，或者说，频谱资源)与接入网设备进行通信，该小区可以是接入网设备(例如基站)对应的小区，小区可以属于宏基站，也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站，这里的小小区可以包括：城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等，这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点，适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。
此外，LTE系统或5G系统中的载波上可以同时有多个小区同频工作，在某些特殊场景下，也可以认为上述载波与小区的概念等同。例如在载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)场景下，当为UE配置辅载波时，会同时携带辅载波的载波索引和工作在该辅载波的辅小区的小区标识(cell identification，Cell ID)，在这种情况下，可以认为载波与小区的概念等同，比如终端设备接入一个载波和接入一个小区是等同的。
本申请实施例中的核心网设备，是指为终端设备提供业务支持的核心网(core network，CN)中的设备。目前，一些核心网设备的举例为：接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)实体、会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)实体、用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)实体等等，此处不一一列举。例如，所述AMF实体可以负责终端的接入管理和移动性管理；所述SMF实体可以负责会话管理，如用户的会话建立等；所述UPF实体可以是用户面的功能实体，主要负责连接外部网络。
需要说明的是，本申请中实体也可以称为网元或功能实体，例如，AMF实体也可以称为AMF网元或AMF功能实体，又例如，SMF实体也可以称为SMF网元或SMF功能实体等。
图1示出了本申请实施例提供的一种网络架构的示意图，如图1所示，终端设备可以同时与两个接入网设备存在通信连接并可收发数据，可以称之为双连接(dual-connectivity，DC)，或者多无线的双连接(multi-radio dual connectivity，MR-DC)。这样，网络侧可以利用这两个接入网设备的资源为该终端设备提供通信服务，从而为终端设备提供高速率的传输。该两个接入网设备之中，可以有一个接入网设备负责与该终端设备交互无线资源控制消息，并负责和核心网控制平面实体交互，那么，该接入网设备可以称之为主基站(master  node，MN)，则另一个无线接入网设备可以称之为辅基站(secondary node，SN)。
在MR-DC中，终端设备也可以同时与多个接入网设备存在通信连接并可收发数据，该多个接入网设备之中，可以有一个接入网设备负责与该终端设备交互无线资源控制消息，并负责和核心网控制平面实体交互，那么，该接入网设备可以称之为MN，则其余的接入网设备可以称之为SN。
本申请实施例中，该两个接入网设备或多个接入网设备可以是属于同一无线接入技术(radio access technology，RAT)的接入网设备(比如都是4G基站，或者都是5G基站)，也可以是不同RAT的接入网设备(比如一个是4G基站，一个是5G基站)。
MR-DC可以包括多种类型，例如演进的通用陆基无线接入和新无线组成双连接(E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity，EN-DC)、下一代无线接入节点演进的通用陆基无线接入和新无线组成双连接(NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity,NGEN-DC)、新无线和演进的通用陆基无线接入组成双连接(NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity，NE-DC)和新无线和新无线组成的双连接(NR-NR dual connectivity，NR-DC)等。
示例性的，EN-DC中MN为连接到演进型分组核心网(evolved packet core，EPC)的LTE基站(比如eNB)，SN为NR基站(比如gNB)。
示例性的，NGEN-DC中MN为连接到5G核心网(5 generation core，5GC)的LTE基站(比如ng-eNB)，SN为NR基站(比如gNB)。
示例性的，NE-DC中的MN为连接到5GC的NR基站(比如gNB)，SN为LTE基站(比如eNB)。
示例性的，NR-DC中MN为连接到5GC的NR基站(比如gNB)，SN为NR基站(比如gNB)。
对于一个MR-DC中的终端设备而言，SN可能和MN连接的核心网有用户面连接，即核心网可以直接通过SN给终端设备发送数据。
MR-DC中MN中存在一个主小区，SN中存在一个主辅小区。主小区是指部署在主频点，且终端设备在小区发起初始连接建立过程或发起连接重建过程，或者在切换过程中指示为主小区的小区。主辅小区是指终端设备在SN发起随机接入过程的小区或者当终端设备在SN改变过程中跳过随机接入过程发起数据传输的小区，或者执行同步的重配过程中发起随机接入的SN的小区。
EN-DC网络有时也称为非独立(non standalone，NSA)的网络。因为在5G开始阶段，EN-DC网络中终端设备并不能驻留在NR小区。能驻留终端设备的NR基站有时也称为独立(standalone，SA)NR基站。
图2示出了本申请实施例提供的一种网络架构的示意图。如图2所示，RAN设备和终端设备之间的通信遵循一定的协议层结构。例如控制面协议层结构可以包括无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)层、分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层和物理层等协议层的功能。用户面协议层结构可以包括PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和物理层等协议层的功能；在一种实现中，用户面协议层结构的PDCP层之上还可以包括业务数据适配(service data adaptation protocol，SDAP)层。
这些协议层的功能可以由一个节点实现，或者可以由多个节点实现；例如，在一种演 进结构中，RAN设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布单元(distributed unit，DU)，多个DU可以由一个CU集中控制。
如图2所示，CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分，例如PDCP层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU，PDCP以下的协议层，例如RLC层和MAC层等的功能设置在DU。或者说，CU具有PDCP层以上(含PDCP、RRC和SDAP)功能，DU具有PDCP层以下(含RLC、MAC和PHY)功能。
这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例，还可以在其它协议层划分，例如在RLC层划分，将RLC层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU，RLC层以下协议层的功能设置在DU；或者，在某个协议层中划分，例如将RLC层的部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU，将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。此外，也可以按其它方式划分，例如按时延划分，将处理时间需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU，不需要满足该时延要求的功能设置在CU。
图3示出了适用于本申请实施例的网络架构的又一示意图。相对于图2所示的架构，还可以将CU的控制面(CP)和用户面(UP)分离，分成不同实体来实现，分别为控制面CU实体(CU-CP实体)和用户面CU实体(CU-UP实体)。
在以上网络架构中，CU产生的信令可以通过DU发送给终端设备，或者终端设备产生的信令可以通过DU发送给CU。DU可以不对该信令进行解析而直接通过协议层封装而透传给终端设备或CU。以下实施例中如果涉及这种信令在DU和终端设备之间的传输，此时，DU对信令的发送或接收包括这种场景。例如，RRC或PDCP层的信令最终会处理为PHY层的信令发送给终端设备，或者，由接收到的PHY层的信令转变而来。在这种架构下，该RRC或PDCP层的信令，即也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU和射频发送的。
在以上实施例中CU划分为RAN侧的网络设备，此外，也可以将CU划分为CN侧的网络设备，在此不做限制。
图4示出了5G场景下，基于服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow)的QoS架构的示意图。其中，以终端设备为UE，RAN设备为gNB，5GC中包括UPF为例进行描述。该架构适用于NR连接到5GC，也适用于E-UTRA连接到5GC。如图4所示，对于每个UE而言，5GC为其建立了一个或多个PDU会话(session)。PDU会话可以理解为是UE和数据网络(data network，DN)之间提供PDU链接服务的链接。对于每个UE而言，NG-RAN为每个PDU会话建立一个或多个数据无线承载(data radio bearer，DRB)。DRB可以理解为是NB和UE之间的数据承载，该数据承载中的数据包具备相同的转发处理。
如图4所示，DRB中可以传输或承载一个或多个QoS flow。QoS flow是指一个PDU会话内，具备相同QoS需求的数据流。其中，QoS flow是一个PDU session中QoS差异化的最小粒度。
可以将NB与UE之间的传输称为接入层(access stratum,AS)，将UE和5GC之间的传输称为非接入层(non access stratum,NAS)。在基于QoS flow的QoS架构中，主要包括AS和NAS的QoS flow映射。NAS层主要负责IP flow或其它类型数据包和QoS flow的映射关系，由核心网UPF产生下行的QoS flow，终端产生上行的QoS flow。AS层主要 负责QoS flow与DRB的映射关系，网络侧(例如基站)配置QoS flow和DRB的映射关系，并在空口的DRB中为QoS flow提供QoS服务。
本申请实施例中，MR-DC中的DRB分为主小区组(master cell group，MCG)承载(bearer)、辅小区组(secondary cell group，SCG)bearer、分裂(split)bearer。其中，MCG Bearer是指该DRB的RLC/MAC实体只在MN上，SCG bearer是指该DRB的RLC/MAC实体只在SN上，Split bearer是指该DRB的RLC/MAC实体在MN和SN上都有。
图5示出了EN-DC中网络侧的一种对于MCG bearer、SCG bearer、split bearer的协议栈的示意图。其中，MN和SN具有不同的RLC/MAC实体。对于MN上的MCG承载，数据在MN上的RLC/MAC实体与终端设备之间传输；对于SN上的MCG承载，数据在MN上的RLC/MAC实体与终端设备之间传输；对于MN的SCG bearer，数据在SN上的RLC/MAC实体与终端设备之间传输；对于SN的SCG bearer，数据在SN上的RLC/MAC实体与终端设备之间传输；对于MN上的split bearer，数据既可以在MN上的RLC/MAC实体与终端设备之间传输，也可以经过在SN上的RLC/MAC实体与终端设备之间传输；对于SN上的split bearer，数据既可以在MN上的RLC/MAC实体与终端设备之间传输，也可以在SN上的RLC/MAC实体与终端设备之间传输。
对于PDCP终结在MN上的承载(bearer)，称为MN terminated bearer，即下行(downlink，DL)数据从核心网直接到达MN，经由MN的PDCP/SDAP处理后再经过MN或/和SN的RLC/MAC发送给终端设备，上行(uplink，UL)数据从MN的PDCP/SDAP处理后发送给核心网。类似的，对于PDCP终结在SN上的承载，称为SN terminated bearer，即DL数据从核心网直接到达SN，经由SN的PDCP/SDAP处理后再经过MN或/和SN的RLC/MAC发送给终端设备，UL数据从SN的PDCP/SDAP处理后发送给核心网。
另外，MR-DC中，MN和SN都具有RRC实体，都可以产生RRC消息(即控制消息，比如测量消息等)。一种可能的实现方式，SN可以直接把SN产生的RRC消息发给终端设备。这种情况下，终端设备给SN发送的RRC消息也是直接发给SN。这种情况下，SN与终端设备之间的RRC消息是通过称为信令无线承载(Signaling Radio Bearer，SRB)3来传输，或称该RRC消息承载在SRB3中。另一种可能的实现方式，SN产生的RRC消息可以发送给MN，MN再发送给终端设备。这种情况下，终端设备也是把给SN的RRC消息通过MN转给SN，即终端设备把这些RRC消息发给MN，MN再把消息转给SN。
本申请以下实施例中的装置，根据其实现的功能，可以位于终端设备或MN或SN。当采用以上CU-DU的结构时，MN可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备，SN可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。
应理解，上述图1至图5仅是示例性说明，不应对本申请构成任何限定。例如，在通信系统中，核心网设备还可以与多个接入网设备连接，用于控制接入网设备，并且，可以将从网络侧(例如，互联网)接收到的数据分发至接入网设备。
对于一些流类业务或者语音业务或者其他业务而言，比如streaming service，IP MTSI服务,单纯的信号质量并不能体现用户在使用这些业务时的用户体验。此时，运营商可以通过QoE测量收集，获知用户的体验，从而能够更好的优化网络以提高用户体验。
图6示出了一种QoE测量的方法的示意性流程图。如图6所示，该QoE测量的方法 包括步骤101至106。
101，CN或OAM或元素管理(element manager，EM)向接入网设备发送QoE测量请求，其中包括QoE测量配置信息。对应的，接入网设备接收该QoE测量请求。其中，该QoE测量请求中的该QoE测量配置信息用于指示终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量，例如指示终端设备启动应用层的QoE测量。
在一些实施方式中，当QoE测量为利用基于信令(signalling based)的最小化路测(minimization of drive-tests，MDT)发起，即该QoE测量为基于信令的QoE测量时，CN向接入网设备发送上述QoE测量配置信息。对应的，接入网设备从CN接收该QoE测量配置信息。作为一种可能的实现方式，CN可以通知针对某个特定的终端设备的QoE测量配置信息，例如可以通过接入网设备与CN之间针对该特定的终端设备的接口消息发送该QoE测量配置信息，比如在CN给接入网设备发送的针对特定终端设备的初始上下行建立消息(initial context setup message),跟踪开始消息(trace start message)，切换请求消息(handover request message)中携带QoE测量配置信息。
在一些实施方式中，当QoE测量为利用基于管理(management based)的MDT发起，即该QoE测量为基于管理的QoE测量时，OAM或EM向接入网设备发送该QoE测量配置信息，对应的，接入网设备从OAM或EM接收该QoE测量配置信息。需要说明的是，这里该QoE测量配置信息不是针对某个特定终端设备的QoE测量配置信息，即接入网设备从OAM或EM收到该QoE测量配置信息时，该QoE测量配置信息并不指定是对哪一个终端设备进行测量。
作为示例，QoE测量配置信息可以如下表1所示：
表1
Figure PCTCN2020103391-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020103391-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020103391-appb-000003
其中，(1..1000)表示8位字符串的取值范围。
其中，在表1中，QoE测量收集区域范围选择可以分别为基于小区的QoE测量收集区域范围、基于TA的QoE测量收集区域范围、基于TAI的QoE测量收集区域范围、基于PLMN区域的QoE测量收集区域范围。基于小区的QoE测量收集区域范围可以携带QMC的小区列表，<maxnoofCellIDforQMC>表示该小区列表可以具有多个，每个该小区列表中包含全局小区标识(即其下面一行中的内容)。基于TA的QoE测量收集区域范围可以携带QMC的TA列表，<maxnoofTAforQMC>表示该TA列表可以具有多个，每个该TA列表中包含TAC(即其下面一行中的内容)。基于TAI的QoE测量收集区域范围可以携带QMC的TAI列表，<maxnoofTAforQMC>表示该TAI列表可以具有多个，每个该TAI列表中包含TAI(即其下面一行中的内容)。基于PLMN区域的QoE测量收集区域范围可以携带QMC的PLMN列表，<maxnoofPLMNforQMC>表示该PLMN列表可以具有多个，每个该PLMN列表中包含PLMN标识(即其下面一行中的内容)。
当QoE测量配置信息中包括表1中的QoE测量的区域范围时，只有当终端设备处于这些区域时，接入网设备才会向该终端设备下发QoE测量配置信息，或者接入网设备才会请求终端设备上报QoE测量结果,或者接入网设备才会请求终端设备进行QoE测量。
需要说明的是，在表1中，QoE测量配置信息中的应用层测量配置容器对接入网设备是透明的。也就是说，接入网设备并不能感知到应用层测量配置容器中包含的信息内容。应用层测量配置容器中包含的信息可以称为应用层测量配置信息(或应用层测量配置)。 在其他实施方式中，应用层测量配置容器也可以为以接入网设备能感知的形式携带其中包含的信息内容，本申请对此不作限定。
需要说明的是，本实施例中是以CN或OAM或EM向接入网设备发送QoE测量请求为例，也可能是其他网络设备向接入网设备发送QoE测量请求,也可能是接入网设备根据自己的需求出发QoE测量，本申请不予限定。
102，接入网设备向终端设备的接入层发送应用层测量配置信息。
示例性的，接入网设备可以将应用层测量配置信息通过RRC消息发给终端设备的接入层。
可选的，接入网设备还向终端设备的接入层发送QoE测量对应的业务类型。
103，终端设备的接入层向该接入层的上层发送应用层测量配置信息。
可选的，终端设备的接入层还接入层的上层发送QoE测量对应的业务类型。
示例性的，接入层的上层例如可以为应用(application，APP)层，或者应用层与接入层之间的层，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
需要说明的是，终端设备的接入层指的是终端设备和接入网设备之间进行通信的功能层。示例性的，接入层可以包括RRC、PDCP、SDAP层中的至少一种。可选的，接入层还可以包括RLC、MAC、PHY层中的至少一种。例如，可以由终端设备的RRC层来接收应用层测量配置信息和业务类型，并将该应用层测量配置信息和业务类型发送给该RRC层的上层。
104，上层向接入层发送QoE测量结果。
示例性的，当上层为应用层时，应用层可以根据接收到的应用层测量配置信息，进行QoE测量，并获得QoE测量结果。之后，应用层可以将该QoE测量结果发送给终端设备的接入层。当上层为其他层时，其他层可以根据接收到的应用层测量配置信息，进行QoE测量，并获得QoE测量结果。应用层把QoE测量结果发送给其他层，之后，其他层可以将该QoE测量结果发送给终端设备的接入层。
在一些实施方式中，上层可以将QoE测量结果和该QoE测量结果对应的业务类型一起发送给接入层。这里，当应用层根据应用层测量配置信息进行QoE测量获得QoE测量结果时，该应用层测量配置信息对应的业务类型即为该QoE测量结果对应的业务类型。
105，终端设备的接入层向接入网设备发送QoE测量结果。
示例性的，接入层可以将QoE测量结果封装在一种透明容器的中发送给接入网设备。
在一些可选的实施方式中，当接入层接收到QoE测量结果和对应的业务类型时，可以将该QoE测量结果和对应的业务类型一起(例如携带在同一RRC消息中)发送给接入网设备。
需要说明的是，发送应用层测量配置信息的接入网设备与接收QoE测量结果的接入网设备可能不是同一个接入网设备，也可能是同一个接入网设备，本申请实施例对此不作限定。例如，当由于终端设备的移动性，终端设备切换了服务的接入网设备，此时二者不是同一个接入网设备。
106，接入网设备将QoE测量结果发送给跟踪收集实体(trace collection entity,TCE)。
一个示例，在步骤102之前，例如在步骤101中的QoE测量请求中可以包括TCE ID。这样，接入网设备可以根据TCE ID和TCE IP地址之间的映射关系，确定TCE IP地址， 并将该QoE测量结果发送给该TCE IP地址对应的TCE。
另一个示例，在步骤102之前，例如在步骤101中的QoE测量请求中可以包括TCE IP。这样，接入网设备可以根据TCE IP地址，并将该QoE测量结果发送给该TCE IP地址对应的TCE。
通过上述步骤101至106，可以完成QoE测量过程。
在MR-DC架构中，MN和SN都可能给终端设备下发应用层测量配置信息，终端设备根据该应用层测量配置信息获得QoE测量结果之后，可以将该QoE测量结果发送给对应的基站。图7示出了一种MR-DC下进行QoE测量的方法的示意性流程图。该方法包括步骤201至205。
在步骤201之前，CN/OAM/EM可以向接入网设备发送QoE测量配置信息。一种可能的情况，CN/OAM/EM可以向MR-DC中的MN发送QoE测量配置信息。另一种可能的情况，CN/OAM/EM向MR-DC中的MN发送QoE测量配置信息，MN再向SN发送QoE测量配置信息(可能是MN收到的QoE测量配置信息中的部分信息，也可能是MN收到的QoE测量配置信息中的所有信息)，此时可以认为接收该QoE测量配置信息的接入网设备为SN。
201，MN与SN之间进行QoE测量的协商。
示例性的，MN可以询问SN是否能为UE配置QoE测量(或是否能向UE下发应用层测量配置信息)，或者，MN可以向SN通知由MN为UE配置QoE测量(或由MN向UE下发应用层测量配置信息)，或者SN可以向MN通知由SN为UE配置QoE测量(或由SN向UE下发应用层测量配置信息)等，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一些实施方式中，MN和SN可以分别向UE下发应用层测量配置信息。此时，MN和SN之间可以协商QoE测量的业务类型。例如，MN可以向SN通知由MN为UE配置第一业务类型(service type，也可以称为服务类型)的QoE测量，或者向SN指示由SN为UE配置第二业务类型的QoE测量。
在一些可选的实施方式中，MN可以向UE发送应用层测量配置信息。对应的，UE向MN发送QoE测量结果。具体可以参见下面步骤202和203。
202，MN向UE发送应用层测量配置信息，该应用层测量配置信息用于指示UE进行应用层的QoE测量，例如指示终端设备启动应用层的QoE测量。具体的，该应用层测量配置信息可以参见图1以及表1中的描述，不再赘述。
203，UE向MN发送QoE测量结果。其中，该QoE测量结果，是UE根据步骤202中的应用层测量配置信息进行QoE测量得到的。
在一些可选的实施方式中，SN可以向UE发送应用层测量配置信息。对应的，UE可以向SN发送QoE测量结果。具体可以参见下面步骤204和205。
204，SN向UE发送应用层测量配置信息，该应用层测量配置信息用于指示UE进行应用层的QoE测量，例如指示终端设备启动应用层的QoE测量。具体的，该应用层测量配置信息可以参见图1以及表1中的描述，不再赘述。
205，UE向SN发送QoE测量结果。其中，该QoE测量结果，是UE根据步骤204中的应用层测量配置信息进行QoE测量得到的。
作为一种可能的实现方式，在步骤204中，SN可以将需要发送给UE的RRC消息 (即SN与UE之间的RRC消息，其中包含了应用层测量配置信息)发送给MN，再由MN在其与UE之间的RRC消息中封装该UE与SN之间的RRC消息。
对应的，在步骤205中，UE可以将需要发送给SN的RRC消息(即SN与UE之间的RRC消息，其中包含了QoE测量结果)封装在UE给MN的RRC消息中发送给MN。MN收到该RRC消息之后，可以再将UE与SN之间的RRC消息发送给SN。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，在步骤204中，SN可以直接通过SRB3，将应用层测量配置信息发送给UE。对应的，在步骤205中，UE可以直接通过SRB3，将QoE测量结果发送给SN。
然而，在DC通信中，如果终端设备的接入层在从其上层获取QoE测量结果后，无法确定该测量结果是MN下发的测量配置信息对应的测量结果，还是SN下发的测量配置信息对应的测量结果，会导致终端设备将QoE测量结果发送给错误的接入网设备，从而接入网设备会误认为该QoE测量结果属于自己的QoE测量结果，导致基于QoE测量结果的后续处理结果(比如接入网设备优化网络配置或调整终端设备的资源分配等)不准确。或者，可能会导致接入网设备把QoE测量结果发送给其他网络设备(比如TCE)，如果终端设备将QoE测量结果发送给错误的接入网设备，接入网设备再发送给TCE，从而TCE误认为该QoE属于自己的QoE测量结果或者误认为来自错误接入网设备对应的QoE测量结果，导致基于QoE测量结果的后续处理结果不准确。
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方案。在该方案中，终端设备的接入层可以从该接入层的上层接收QoE测量结果和与该QoE测量结果对应的指示信息，从而接入层可以根据该指示信息，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给DC通信中的接入网设备，例如MN或SN。
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请提供的通信方法和通信装置。
本申请的技术方案可以应用于无线通信系统中，例如，图1中所示的通信系统，或图2中所示的通信系统，或图3所示的通信系统。处于无线通信系统中的通信装置之间可具有无线通信连接关系。该通信装置中的一个装置例如可以为主基站，或者配置于该主基站中的芯片，另一个装置例如可以为辅基站，或者配置于该辅基站中的芯片，另一个装置例如可以为终端设备，或者配置于终端设备中的芯片。本申请实施例对此不做限定。
以下，不失一般性，首先以一个终端设备的通信过程为例详细说明本申请实施例。可以理解，处于无线通信系统中的任意一个终端设备或者配置于终端设备中的芯片均可以基于相同的方法进行通信，处于无线通信系统中的任意主基站或者配置于主基站中的芯片均可以基于相同的方法进行通信，处于无线通信系统中的任意辅基站或者配置于辅基站中的芯片均可以基于相同的方法进行通信。本申请对此不做限定。
以下，以主基站为MN，辅基站为SN为例进行描述，但这并不对本申请实施例构成限定。
图8示出了本申请实施例提供的通信方法300的示意性流程图。在方法300中，终端设备的接入层从其上层接收QoE测量结果和指示信息#1，并根据该指示信息#1，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给MN或SN。如图8所示，方法300包括步骤310至320。
310，终端设备的接入层从该接入层的上层接收体验质量QoE测量结果和指示信息#1。
这里，终端设备可以根据该指示信息#1确定把QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的MN或SN。
作为一种可能的实现方式，该指示信息#1可以显式指示“将该QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的MN”或“将该QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的SN”。例如该指示信息#1可以为1比特(bit)的指示位，当该指示位的取值为“0”时，可以指示将QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的MN，当该指示位的取值为“1”时，可以指示将QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的SN。或者反之。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，该指示信息#1可以隐式指示“将该QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的MN”或“将该QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的SN”。例如当指示信息#1为第一QoE service type时，可以指示将QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的MN，当指示信息#1为第二QoE service type时，可以指示将QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的SN。也就是说，QoE service type可以用于指示QoE测量的业务类型，在QoE测量结果上报时，终端设备还可以根据该QoE service type确定将QoE测量结果发送给MN还是SN。
在一些实施方式中，当终端设备的应用层根据至少两个应用层测量配置信息进行QoE测量的时间有重叠，或上报至少两个应用层测量配置信息对应的QoE测量的周期有重叠时，终端设备的接入层在从上层接收到QoE测量结果时，可能无法获知该QoE测量结果对应哪个应用层测量配置信息，进而不能确定将该QoE测量结果发送给MN还是SN。此时，如果接入层能够接收到该QoE测量结果对应的指示信息#1，那么终端设备可以根据该指示信息#1，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给MN还是SN。
或者，在一些实施方式中，即使终端设备的应用层只接收到一个应用层测量配置信息，为了兼容后续扩展到至少两个应用层测量配置信息进行QoE测量的场景，可以使接入层能够接收到该QoE测量结果对应的指示信息#1，并根据该指示信息#1，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给MN还是SN。
作为示例，指示信息#1可以包括跟踪标识(trace ID)、TCE ID、QoE service type信息、节点类型(node type)信息、RAT类型(type)信息、PDU会话标识(PDU session ID)、5G服务质量标识(5G QoS identifier，5QI)、服务质量流标识(Qos Flow identifier，QFI)和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，第一标识是OAM或接入网设备分配的。其中，node type信息可以指示MN或SN。作为具体的例子，第一标识可以为基站标识，或者为测量任务标识，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
例如，在指示信息#1包括MN下发的应用层测量配置对应的trace ID、MN下发的应用层测量配置对应的TCE ID、MN下发的应用层测量配置对应的业务类型、MN的节点类型信息、对于MN terminated bearer上传输的数据对应的PDU会话标识、对于PDCP终结在MN上的承载上传输的数据对应的QFI、MN分配的一个标识或OAM为MN下发的应用层测量配置分配的一个标识的情况下，指示信息#1可以用于指示将该QoE测量结果发送给MN。
又例如，在指示信息#1包括SN下发的应用层测量配置对应的trace ID、SN下发的应用层测量配置对应的TCE ID、SN下发的应用层测量配置对应的业务类型、SN的节点类型信息、对于PDCP终结在SN上的承载上传输的数据对应的PDU会话标识、对于PDCP终结在SN上的承载上传输的数据对应的QFI、SN分配的一个标识或OAM为SN下发的应用层测量配置分配的一个标识的情况下，指示信息#1可以用于指示将该QoE测量结果发送给SN。
一些实施方式中，指示信息#1可以是接入层的上层自己确定的，例如根据用于指示终端设备进行QoE测量的应用层测量配置信息，或者与该应用层测量配置信息一起下发的相关信息(比如QoE service type信息)确定的，指示信息#1也可以是接入层的上层从终端设备的接入层接收(例如通过下文中的步骤301和302)的，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一些可选的实施方式中，在步骤310之前，还可以包括步骤301和302。
301，第一接入网设备向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息，第一配置信息用于指示终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量。
其中，该第一接入网设备可以是该终端设备的MN或SN，本申请实施例对此不作限定。也就是说，MN可以向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息，指示终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量，SN也可以向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息，指示终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量。
在一些可能的实现方式中，SN还可以请求MN向终端设备发送该第一配置信息。MN向终端设备发送该第一配置信息时，可以指示该第一配置信息来自于SN。此时，可以认为是SN向给终端设备的接入层发送的该第一配置信息，但是本申请实施例并不限于此。
示例性的，第一配置信息可以为图6中的应用层测量配置信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。具体的，可以参见图6中的描述，不再赘述。
在一些可选的实施方式中，第一接入网设备还向终端设备的接入层发送指示信息#2。示例性的，指示信息#2可以用于指示发送该第一配置信息的第一接入网设备为MN或SN。作为具体的示例，指示信息#2可以包括trace ID、TCE ID、QoE业务类型(service type)信息、节点类型信息、RAT类型信息、PDU会话标识、5G服务质量标识(5G QoS identifier，5QI)、服务质量流标识(Qos Flow identifier，QFI)和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，第一标识是OAM或接入网设备分配的。第一标识可以参见上文中的描述，不再赘述。
需要说明的是，终端设备可以根据该指示信息#2确定发送该第一配置信息的第一接入网设备为MN或SN。其中，指示信息#2可以显式指示发送该第一配置信息的第一接入网设备为MN，或指示发送该第一配置信息的第一接入网设备为SN，指示信息#2也可以隐式指示发送该第一配置信息的第一接入网设备为MN，或指示发送该第一配置信息的第一接入网设备为SN。具体的，显式指示或隐式指示可以参见上文中对指示信息#1的描述，不再赘述。
例如，在指示信息#2包括MN下发的应用层测量配置对应的trace ID、MN下发的应用层测量配置对应的TCE ID、MN下发的应用层测量配置对应的业务类型、MN的节点类型信息、对于PDCP终结在MN上的承载上传输的数据对应的PDU会话标识、对于PDCP终结在MN上的承载上传输的数据对应的QFI、MN分配的一个标识或OAM为MN下发的应用层测量配置分配的一个标识的情况下，指示信息#2可以用于指示是MN向终端设备发送上述第一配置信息。
又例如，在指示信息#2包括SN下发的应用层测量配置对应的trace ID、SN下发的应用层测量配置对应的TCE ID、SN下发的应用层测量配置对应的业务类型、SN的节点类型信息、对于PDCP终结在SN上的承载上传输的数据对应的PDU会话标识、对于PDCP终结在SN上的承载上传输的数据对应的QFI、SN分配的一个标识或OAM为SN下发的 应用层测量配置分配的一个标识的情况下，指示信息#2可以用于指示是SN向终端设备发送上述第一配置信息。
在一些实施方式中，MN可以将上述第一配置信息和指示信息#2包含在一条RRC消息中，发送给终端设备的接入层，此时，可以将第一配置信息以一种container的形式封装在该RRC消息中。指示信息#2也可以封装在该container中，或者在该RRC消息中的该container之外以不是container的形式包含该指示信息#2，比如MN以一种信息元素(information element)显式地将该指示信息#2发送给终端设备，MN、SN或终端设备的RRC层能知道这些信息元素的具体含义。
在一些可选的实施方式中，如果指示信息#2为trace ID、TCE ID、QoE service type信息、PDU会话标识、5QI、QFI或第一标识时，则在步骤301之前，MN和SN之间需要交互各自这些信息各自可用的范围。
例如，MN可以将SN为终端设备配置QoE测量可用的trace ID、TCE ID、QoE service type信息、PDU会话标识、5QI、QFI或第一标识的使用范围发送给SN，或者SN可以向MN发送SN为终端设备配置QoE测量可用的trace ID、TCE ID、QoE service type信息、PDU会话标识、5QI、QFI或第一标识的使用范围。MN在获知SN的可用的trace ID、TCE ID、QoE service type信息、PDU会话标识、5QI、QFI或第一标识的使用范围的情况下，可以确定出MN的与SN的不重叠的可用的trace ID、TCE ID、QoE service type信息、PDU会话标识、5QI、QFI或第一标识的使用范围。这样，终端设备可以根据trace ID、TCE ID、QoE service type信息、PDU会话标识、5QI、QFI或第一标识等中的至少一种，确定是哪个接入网设备(例如MN或SN)向终端设备发送的该第一配置信息。
作为一个具体的例子，当第一配置信息为表1中所示的应用层测量配置信息时，指示信息#2可以为表1中的QoE service type信息。当应用层测量配置信息对应的QoE service type为流媒体业务的QMC且由MN向给终端设备发送该应用层测量配置信息时，指示信息#2可以指示发送该应用层测量配置信息的第一接入网设备为MN；当应用层测量配置信息对应的QoE service type为MTSI业务的QMC且由SN向给终端设备发送该应用层测量配置信息时，指示信息#2可以指示发送该QoE测量配置信息的第一接入网设备为SN。另外，在该示例中，如果MN或SN发送的应用层测量配置信息对应的QoE service type相同时，指示信息#2可以为trace ID、TCE ID、PDU session ID、5QI、QFI或第一标识等信息中的至少一种，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选的，在第一接入网设备发送该应用层测量配置信息之前，MN和SN可以交互，确定MN对应的QoE测量的QoE service type为流媒体业务的QMC，SN对应的QoE测量的QoE service type为MTSI业务的QMC。
反之，当应用层测量配置信息对应的业务类型为MTSI业务的QMC且由MN向给终端设备发送该应用层测量配置信息时，指示信息#2可以指示发送该应用层测量配置信息的第一接入网设备为MN；当应用层测量配置信息对应的业务类型为流媒体业务的QMC且由SN向给终端设备发送该应用层测量配置信息时，指示信息#2可以指示发送该应用层测量配置信息的第一接入网设备为SN。可选的，在第一接入网设备发送该应用层测量配置信息之前，MN和SN可以交互，确定MN对应的应用层测量的业务类型为MTSI业务的QMC，SN对应的应用层测量的业务类型为流媒体业务的QMC。
302，终端设备的接入层接收到第一接入网设备发送第一配置信息之后，可以将该第一配置信息和指示信息#1发送给接入层的上层。
对应的，终端设备的接入层的上层接收该第一配置信息和指示信息#1。
示例性的，当终端设备的应用层接收到该第一配置信息和指示信息#1之后，可以根据第一配置信息进行QoE测量，并获得QoE测量结果(此时可以称该QoE测量结果为该第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果)。然后，应用层可以将该QoE测量结果和该指示信息#1发送给终端设备的接入层，例如执行上述310的步骤。
因此，通过终端设备的接入层向接入层的上层发送第一配置信息和其对应的指示信息#1，使得上层能够在根据该第一配置信息获得QoE测量结果时，能够获得该QoE测量结果对应的指示信息#1。之后，终端设备的接入层的上层把将该QoE测量结果和该指示信息#1发送给终端设备的接入层，从而接入层就可以根据该指示信息#1，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给MN还是SN。
在步骤302中，终端设备的接入层还可以确定该指示信息#1。示例性的，接入层可以根据指示信息#2来确定指示信息#1，也可以根据该第一配置信息来确定指示信息#1，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
作为一个示例，指示信息#2和指示信息#1可以为同一条信息。也就是说，指示信息#1和指示信息#2包含的内容相同。例如，当终端设备的接入层接收到第一接入网设备发送的指示信息#2时，接入层可以将该指示信息#2发送给接入层的上层。
这样，当指示信息#2和指示信息#1为同一条信息(例如信息a)，该信息a既用于指示发送第一配置信息的第一接入网设备为MN，且也可以用于指示该终端设备将根据该第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的QoE测量结果发送给MN。或者，该信息a既用于指示发送第一配置信息的第一接入网设备为SN，且也可以用于指示该终端设备将根据该第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的QoE测量结果发送给SN。
作为另一个示例，当终端设备的接入层接收到第一配置信息，并能够确定发送该第一配置信息的接入网设备为MN或SN(例如可以根据指示信息#2来确定，或者通过其他方式来确定)时，终端设备可以生成该指示信息#1。
例如，当确定第一配置信息是MN发送时，指示信息#1可以为MN下发的应用层测量配置对应的trace ID、MN下发的应用层测量配置对应的TCE ID、MN下发的应用层测量配置对应的业务类型的信息、MN的节点类型信息、对于PDCP终结在MN上的承载上传输的数据对应的PDU会话标识、对于PDCP终结在MN上的承载上传输的数据对应的QFI、MN分配的一个标识或OAM为MN下发的应用层测量配置分配的一个标识等中的至少一种，即指示信息#1用于指示该终端设备将根据该第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的QoE测量结果发送给MN。
又例如，当确定第一配置信息是SN发送时，指示信息#1可以为SN下发的应用层测量配置对应的trace ID、SN下发的应用层测量配置对应的TCE ID、SN下发的应用层测量配置对应的业务类型、SN的节点类型信息、对于PDCP终结在SN上的承载上传输的数据对应的PDU会话标识、对于PDCP终结在SN上的承载上传输的数据对应的QFI、SN分配的一个标识或OAM为SN下发的应用层测量配置分配的一个标识等中的至少一种，即该指示信息#1用于指示该终端设备将根据该第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的QoE测 量结果发送给SN。
因此，本申请实施例中，通过根据指示信息#2来确定指示信息#1，或者根据下发第一配置信息的接入网设备为MN或SN来确定指示信息#1，能够使得指示信息#1用于指示将根据该第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到QoE测量结果发送给下发该第一配置信息的接入网设备，从而能够有助于终端设备将QoE测量结果发送给正确的接入网设备。
进一步的，当指示信息#1与指示信息#2为相同的信息时，终端设备不需要重新生成该指示信息#1，从而有助于减小终端复杂度。
需要说明的是，终端设备的接入层将该第一配置信息发送给接入层的上层，可以包括接入层直接将第一配置信息发送给上层，或者可以包括接入层根据该第一配置信息获得一个新的配置信息，并将该信息配置信息发送给上层。其中，该新的配置信息用于指示上层进行应用层的QoE测量。
可替换的，在步骤302中，终端设备的接入层在接收到第一接入网设备发送的第一配置信息之后，当接入层确定第一配置信息是MN发送的，接入层可以通过接入层与上层之间的第一接口，向上层发送该第一配置信息。当接入层确定第一配置信息是SN发送的，接入层可以通过接入层与上层之间的第二接口，向上层发送该第一配置信息。此时，步骤302中可以接入层可以不需要向上层发送指示信息#1。
对应的，当上层从上述第一接口接收到第一配置信息时，当上层获得该第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果时，上层可以将该QoE测量结果通过该第一接口发送给接入层。对应的，当接入层从该第一接口接收到QoE测量结果时，可以确定将该QoE测量结果发送给MN。
当上层从上述第二接口接收到第一配置信息时，当上层获得该第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果时，上层可以将该QoE测量结果通过第二接口发送给接入层。对应的，当接入层从该第二接口接收到QoE测量结果时，可以确定将该QoE测量结果发送给SN。
在一些可选的实施方式中，当上层从第一接口获得第一配置信息时，上层可以确定该第一配置信息是MN发送的，或者确定将该第一测量配置信息对应的QoE测量结果发送给MN，上层可以生成该第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果的指示信息#1，用于指示将该QoE测量结果发送给MN，但本申请实施例不限于此。
在一些可选的实施方式中，当上层从第二接口获得第一配置信息时，上层可以确定该第一配置信息是SN发送的，或者确定将该第一测量配置信息对应的QoE测量结果发送给SN，上层可以生成该第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果的指示信息#1，用于指示将该QoE测量结果发送给SN，但本申请实施例不限于此。
320，终端设备的接入层根据指示信息#1，确定将所述QoE测量结果发送给所述终端设备的MN或SN。
示例性的，如果指示信息#1用于终端设备将根据该第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的QoE测量结果发送给MN，则接入层可以根据该指示信息#1，确定将该QoE测量结果发给MN。
如果指示信息#1用于指示该终端设备将根据该第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的QoE测量结果发送给SN，则接入层可以根据该指示信息#1，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给SN。
示例性的，当指示信息#1用于隐式指示“将该QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的MN”或“将该QoE测量结果发送给该终端设备的SN”时，比如当指示信息#1为业务类型时，如果该业务类型是MN下发的应用层测量配置对应的业务类型，则终端设备的接入层根据指示信息#1，确定将QoE测量结果发送给MN。如果该业务类型是SN下发的应用层测量配置对应的业务类型，则终端设备的接入层根据指示信息#1，确定将QoE测量结果发送给SN。
作为一个具体的例子，当MN和SN协商，由MN配置终端设备进行流媒体业务的QMC的QoE测量，SN配置终端设备进行MTSI业务的QMC的QoE测量时，当指示信息#1指示QMC的业务类型为流媒体业务时，终端设备的接入层根据指示信息#1，确定将QoE测量结果发送给MN；当指示信息#1指示QMC的业务类型为MTSI业务时，终端设备的接入层根据指示信息#1，确定将QoE测量结果发送给SN。
可替换的，在步骤320中，当终端设备的接入层通过上文中所述的第一接口接收到QoE测量结果时，可以确定将该QoE测量结果发送给MN；当终端设备的接入层通过上文中所述的第二接口接收到QoE测量结果时，可以确定将该QoE测量结果发送给SN。
需要说明的是，发送第一配置信息的第一接入网设备可能和终端设备上报第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果给接入网设备(所述终端设备的MN或SN)不是同一个接入网设备，也可能是同一个接入网设备，本申请实施例对此不作限定。例如，当由于终端设备的移动性，终端设备切换了服务的接入网设备，此时二者不是同一个接入网设备。
可选的，当终端设备需要上报QoE测量结果时，如果终端设备不处于MR-DC状态(比如网络侧释放了终端设备的SN)，则终端设备向为该终端设备提供服务的接入网设备发送QoE测量结果。可选的，当第一接入网设备下发第一配置信息时，终端设备不处于MR-DC状态(即网络侧没有为终端设备配置MR-DC)，而当终端设备需要上报QoE测量结果时，如果终端设备处于MR-DC状态(比如网络侧为终端设备配置了MR-DC)，则终端设备可以向MN发送QoE测量结果，或者终端设备可以向当前承载了QoE测量结果对应的业务类型的节点(例如MN或SN)发送QoE测量结果。
因此，本申请实施例中，通过终端设备的接入层的上层向接入层发送QoE测量结果以及该QoE测量结果对应的指示信息#1，使得接入层能够根据该指示信息#1，确定将该QoE测量结果发送给终端设备的MN或SN，从而使得MR-DC架构中的终端设备能够将QoE测量结果发送给正确的接入网设备。
图9示出了本申请实施例提供的通信方法400的示意性流程图。在方法400中，终端设备的接入层从其上层接收QoE测量结果和指示信息#2，无需判断该QoE测量结果对应哪个接入网设备，都统一将该QoE测量结果和指示信息#2发送给第一接入网设备(例如MN)，再由MN根据该指示信息#2，将该QoE测量结果发送给网络设备(例如SN或TCE)。如图9所示，方法400包括步骤410至480。
需要说明的是，方法400中以预先配置终端设备的接入层将QoE测量结果和指示信息#2发送给MN为例进行说明，在其他实施例中，还可以预先配置接入层将该QoE测量结果和指示信息#2发送给SN，本申请实施例对此不作限定。下面将主要基于预先配置终端设备将QoE测量结果和指示信息#2发送给MN进行描述，当预先配置终端设备将QoE测量结果和指示信息#2发送给SN时，其具体实现可以参照终端设备将QoE测量结果和 指示信息#2发送给MN的相关描述，可能需要做一些简单的适配，但是也在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。
应理解，这里“预先配置”可包括由接入网设备信令指示或者预先定义，例如，协议定义。其中，“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如，包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。
可选的，410，MN向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息和指示信息#2，该第一配置信息用于指示该终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量。示例性的，指示信息#2用于指示发送该第一配置信息的接入网设备为该终端设备的MN。
需要说明的是，这里MN从终端设备的接入层接收QoE测量结果时，可以根据指示信息#2知道QoE测量结果是对应MN下发的应用层测量配置信息对应的QoE测量结果，还是对应SN下发的应用层测量配置信息对应的QoE测量结果。
可选的，420，SN向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息和指示信息#2，该第一配置信息用于指示该终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量，指示信息#2用于指示发送该第一配置信息的接入网设备为该终端设备的SN。
在方法400中，步骤410和步骤420都可以执行，或者二者中可以执行其中一个步骤。也就是说，这里MN或SN均可以指示终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量。
示例性的，第一配置信息可以为图6中的应用层测量配置信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。具体的，第一配置信息和指示信息#2可以参见图3中的描述，不再赘述。
430，终端设备的接入层向该接入层的上层发送第一配置信息和指示信息#2。
可选地，接入层可以在从MN接收第一配置信息和指示信息#2之后，或者在从SN接收第一配置信息和指示信息#2之后，向其上层发送该第一配置信息和指示信息#2。
需要说明的是，终端设备的接入层将该指示信息#2发送给接入层的上层，指的是该接入层可以直接将指示信息#2发送给上层，接入层并不需要获知(或感知，或知道)该指示信息#2的内容，即接入层并不需要根据该指示信息#2，确定发送该第一配置信息的接入网设备为MN。
终端设备的接入层将该第一配置信息发送给接入层的上层，可以包括接入层直接将第一配置信息发送给上层，或者可以包括接入层根据该第一配置信息获得一个新的配置信息，并将该信息配置信息发送给上层。其中，该新的配置信息用于指示进行应用层的QoE测量。
440，接入层的上层向接入层发送QoE测量结果和指示信息#2。
终端设备的接入层的上层可以获得该QoE测量结果，例如，上层可以从应用层接收到该QoE测量结果，或者当上层为应用层时，上层可以根据第一配置信息，进行QoE测量获得QoE测量结果。然后，上层可以向接入层发送该QoE测量结果和指示信息#2。
示例性的，上层可以按照一定的规则上报QoE测量结果和指示信息#2。在一些实施方式中，该规则可以包含在第一配置信息中，本申请实施例对此不作限定。例如，上层可以按照QoE报告周期，周期性上报QoE测量结果，或者在一个会话结束之后才上报QoE测量结果，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
需要说明的是，这里上层也可以直接将指示信息#2发送给接入层，并不需要获知(或 感知，或知道)该指示信息#2的内容，即上层并不需要根据该指示信息#2，确定发送该第一配置信息的接入网设备为MN。
450，终端设备的接入层向MN发送QoE测量结果和指示信息#2。对应的，MN从终端设备接收该QoE测量结果和指示信息#2。
这里，终端设备的接入层从其上层接收QoE测量结果和指示信息#2后，无需判断该QoE测量结果对应哪个接入网设备，都统一将该QoE测量结果和指示信息#2发送给MN。其中，可以由协议定义，或者预先将终端设备配置为将该QoE测量结果和指示信息#2发送给MN。
在一些实施方式中，接入层可以将上述QoE测量结果和指示信息#2包含在一条RRC消息中，发送给MN，此时，可以将QoE测量结果以一种container的形式封装在该RRC消息中。指示信息#2也可以封装在该container中，或者在该RRC消息中的该container之外以不是container的形式包含该指示信息#2，不做赘述。
在一些可选的实施方式中，接入网设备可以为终端设备配置专用的信令承载(比如SRB4)来传输QoE测量结果和指示信息#2。示例性的，SRB4的传输优先级比其他SRB的优先级更低。
需要说明的是，发送第一配置信息的MN与接收QoE测量结果的MN可能不是同一个接入网设备，也可能是同一个接入网设备，本申请实施例对此不作限定。例如，当由于终端设备的移动性，终端设备切换了服务的MN，此时二者不是同一个MN。可选的，当二者不为同一个MN时，在切换时，源接入网设备会把指示信息#2发送目标接入网设备，从而目标接入网设备能根据指示信息#2获知源接入网设备配置了第一配置信息。当目标接入网设备从终端设备接收上述QoE测量结果和指示信息#2，可以根据该指示信息#2，将QoE测量结果发送给网络设备。
还需要说明的是，本申请实施例中，接收QoE测量结果的接入网设备是预先定义的，例如可以由协议定义，或者预设将终端设备配置为向该接入网设备发送QoE测量结果，本申请实施例对此不作限定。这样，在本申请实施例中，发送上述第一配置信息的接入网设备与接收该QoE测量结果的接入网设备可以是相同类型的接入网设备，例如均为MN，或者均为SN。或者，发送上述第一配置信息的接入网设备与接收该QoE测量结果的接入网设备可以是不同类型的接入网设备，例如MN进行第一配置信息的下发，SN进行QoE测量结果的接收，或者SN进行第一配置信息的下发，MN进行QoE测量结果的接收，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
本申请实施例中，MN接收到QoE测量结果和指示信息#2之后，可以根据该指示信息#2，将QoE测量结果发送给网络设备。示例性的，网络设备可以为该MN对应的TCE，或者SN对应的TCE，或者SN等，不作限定。下面，结合步骤460至480，描述MN将QoE结果发送给网络设备的具体实现方式。
460，MN向TCE发送QoE测量结果。
一种可能的情况，下发第一配置信息的接入网设备与接收QoE测量结果的接入网设备对应的类型相同，即为相同类型的接入网设备。例如，方法400中，包括步骤410而不包括步骤420，即由MN向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息和指示信息#2。此时，MN可以根据从终端设备接收的指示信息#2，确定第一配置信息是MN下发的，即从终端设备 接收的QoE测量结果对应的第一配置信息是MN下发的，则MN向MN对应的TCE发送QoE测量结果。
作为一个示例，此时指示信息#2可以包括MN对应的TCE ID。此时，MN可以根据TCE ID与TCE IP地址之间的映射关系，获取该TCE ID对应的TCE IP，然后将QoE测量结果发送给该TCE IP对应的TCE。
作为另一个示例，当指示信息#2中包括service type信息时，MN确定该service type对应的QoE测量的第一配置信息是MN配置给终端设备的，则MN可以将QoE测量结果发送给MN对应的TCE。
另一种可能的情况，下发第一配置信息的接入网设备与接收QoE测量结果的接入网设备为不同类型的接入网设备。例如，方法400中，包括步骤420而不包括步骤410，即由SN向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息和指示信息#2。此时，MN可以根据指示信息#2，确定第一配置信息是SN下发的，即从终端设备接收的QoE测量结果对应的第一配置信息是SN下发的，则MN向SN对应的TCE发送QoE测量结果。
作为一个示例，此时指示信息#2可以包括SN对应的TCE ID。此时，MN可以根据TCE ID与TCE IP地址之间的映射关系，将QoE测量结果发送给该TCE IP对应的TCE。
作为另一个示例，当指示信息#2中包括service type信息时，MN确定该service type对应的QoE测量的第一配置信息并不是MN配置给终端设备的，则MN可以将QoE测量结果发送给SN对应的TCE。
可选的，在步骤420之前，SN可以将SN配置的QoE测量对应的TCE ID和对应的TCE IP地址发送给MN。或者SN可以将SN配置的QoE测量对应的TCE IP地址发送给MN。这样，MN确定第一配置信息是SN下发的，即从终端设备接收的QoE测量结果对应的第一配置信息是SN下发的时，则MN可以按照SN配置的QoE测量对应的TCE IP地址向SN对应的TCE发送QoE测量结果。
在一些实施方式中，MN下发的QoE测量对应的TCE ID与SN下发的QoE测量对应的TCE ID一样。此时，指示信息#2中可以包括trace ID，那么MN可以将QoE测量结果和该trace ID一起发送给该TCE ID对应的TCE。这样，TCE在接收到QoE测量结果和trace ID时，就能够根据该trace ID，确定该QoE测量结果是对应MN配置的第一配置信息，还是对应SN配置的第一配置信息。例如，当该trace ID是CN或OAM或EM分配给MN进行QoE测量时，该QoE测量结果是对应MN配置的第一配置信息的；当该trace ID是CN或OAM或EM分配给SN进行QoE测量时，该QoE测量结果是对应SN配置的第一配置信息的。
470，MN向SN发送QoE测量结果。
示例性的，当下发第一配置信息的接入网设备与接收QoE测量结果的接入网设备不同，即为不同类型的接入网设备。例如，方法400中，包括步骤420而不包括步骤410，即由SN向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息和指示信息#2。此时，MN可以根据指示信息#2，确定第一配置信息是SN下发的，即从终端设备接收的QoE测量结果对应的第一配置信息是SN下发的，则MN向SN发送该QoE测量结果。
作为一个具体的例子，当指示信息#2中包括service type信息时，MN确定该service type对应的QoE测量的第一配置信息并不是MN配置给终端设备的，则MN可以将QoE 测量结果发送给SN。
480，SN向TCE发送QoE测量结果。
具体的，SN从MN收到QoE测量结果之后，向SN对应的TCE发送该QoE测量结果。
需要说明的是，当协议预先定义，或预先配置终端设备为将QoE测量结果和指示信息#2发送给SN时，该SN向网络设备发送QoE测量结果的具体实现可以参照终端设备将QoE测量结果和指示信息#2发送给MN的相关描述，可能需要做一些简单的适配。
因此，本申请实施例中，通过预先配置终端设备的接入层将QoE测量结果和指示信息#2统一发送给MN(或SN)，再由MN(或SN)根据该指示信息#2将QoE测量结果发送给网络设备，即终端设备的接入层无需判断QoE测量结果对应的第一配置信息是MN下发的，还是SN下发的，都将测量结果发送给MN(或SN)，从而降低了终端设备的处理复杂度。
图10示出了本申请实施例提供的通信方法500的示意性流程图。在方法500中，接入网设备(例如MN或SN)在向终端设备发送应用层测量配置信息时，可以向终端设备的接入层指示将根据该应用层测量配置信息获取的QoE测量结果上报给哪个接入网设备，比如MN还是SN。如图10所示，方法500包括步骤510至570。
可选的，510，MN向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息和指示信息#3，该第一配置信息用于指示该终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量，指示信息#3用于指示终端设备的接入层向第一接入网设备发送QoE测量结果，其中，第一接入网设备为MN或SN。
其中，指示信息#3用于指示终端设备的接入层向哪个节点上报根据该指示信息#3对应的应用层测量配置信息(例如与指示信息#3在同一条消息中的应用层测量配置信息)得到的QoE测量结果。也就是说，每个应用层测量配置信息对应的QoE测量结果上报给哪个节点都需要指示一次。或者，指示信息#3可以用于指示终端设备的接入层向哪一个节点上报所有应用层测量配置信息得到的QoE测量结果，或者用于指示终端设备的接入层向哪一个节点上报所有哪一类型的应用层测量配置信息得到的QoE测量结果。此时，多个应用层测量配置信息对应的QoE测量结果上报给哪个节点可以只需要指示一次。这里，节点指的是接入网设备，例如MN，或SN。
示例性的，第一配置信息可以为图6中的应用层测量配置信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。具体的，可以参见图6中的描述，不再赘述。
示例性的，指示信息#3可以包括QoE service type信息、node type信息、RAT类型信息中的至少一种。
例如，在指示信息#3包括MN下发的应用层测量配置信息对应的业务类型、MN的节点类型信息情况下、MN对应的RAT类型，指示信息#3可以用于指示终端设备的接入层将该应用层测量配置信息得到的QoE测量结果发送给MN。
又例如，在指示信息#3包括SN下发的应用层测量配置信息对应的业务类型、SN的节点类型信息情况下、SN对应的RAT类型的情况下，指示信息#3可以用于指示终端设备的接入层将该应用层测量配置信息得到的QoE测量结果发送给SN。
作为一个示例，当指示信息#3包括service type信息时，还可以具体用于指示哪些/哪种service type对应的QoE测量结果向MN上报，和/或，哪些/哪种service type对应的QoE 测量结果向SN上报。例如，指示信息#3可以用于指示终端设备将service type 1和service type 2对应的QoE测量结果向MN上报，service type 3对应的QoE测量结果向SN上报。
在一些可选的实施方式中，在步骤510之前，MN和SN之间还可以协商通过哪个节点上报QoE测量结果。例如，MN可以通知SN将MN下发的第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果发送给SN，或者MN可以请求SN将SN下发的第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果发送给MN，或者SN可以请求MN将SN下发的第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果发送给MN，或者MN可以通知SN将某一业务类型的QoE测量结果发送给SN,或者SN可以请求MN将某一业务类型的QoE测量结果发送给MN。
可选的，MN和SN在进行协商时，还可以交互第一配置信息对应的TCE IP地址。例如，MN请求SN将SN下发的第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果发送给MN或SN请求MN将SN下发的第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果发送给MN时，SN可以将该第一配置信息对应的TCE IP地址发送给MN。这样，MN在接收到QoE测量结果时，可以根据该TCE IP地址，将该QoE测量结果发送给正确的TCE。
可选的，SN还可能把trace ID发送MN。MN会把trace ID和该QoE测量结果发送给TCE。或者在MN下发的第一配置信息对应的TCE IP地址与SN下发的第一配置信息对应的TCE IP地址一样，SN可以将trace ID发送给MN。这样，MN可以将trace ID和QoE测量结果一起发送给TCE，以使得TCE根据该trace ID，确定该QoE测量结果是对应MN配置的第一配置信息，还是对应SN配置的第一配置信息。
例如，MN可以通知SN将MN下发的第一配置信息对应的QoE测量结果发送给SN时，MN可以将该第一配置信息对应的TCE IP地址发送给SN。这样，SN在接收到QoE测量结果时，可以根据该TCE IP地址，将该QoE测量结果发送给正确的TCE。可选的，MN还可能把trace ID发送SN。SN会把trace ID和该QoE测量结果发送给TCE。或者在MN下发的第一配置信息对应的TCE IP地址与SN下发的第一配置信息对应的TCE IP地址一样，MN可以将trace ID发送给SN。这样，SN可以将trace ID和QoE测量结果一起发送给TCE，以使得TCE根据该trace ID，确定该QoE测量结果是对应MN配置的第一配置信息，还是对应SN配置的第一配置信息。
在一些实施方式中，MN可以将上述第一配置信息和指示信息#3包含在一条RRC消息中，发送给终端设备的接入层，此时，可以将第一配置信息以一种container的形式封装在该RRC消息中。指示信息#3也可以封装在该container中，或者在该RRC消息中的container之外不是以container的形式包含该指示信息#3(比如以一种信息元素(information element)显式地发送给终端设备，接入网设备和终端设备的RRC层能知道这些信息元素的具体含义)。
在一些实施方式中，指示信息#3也可以不携带在第一配置信息中，例如可以在与第一配置信息不同的RRC消息中发送给终端设备的接入层，也可以与第一配置信息封装在同一条RRC消息中发送给终端设备的接入层，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选的，520，SN向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息和指示信息#3。具体的，第一配置信息和指示信息#3可以参见步骤510中的描述，不再赘述。
在方法500中，步骤510和步骤520都可以执行，或者二者中可以执行其中一个步骤。也就是说，这里MN或SN均可以指示终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量，并指示终端 设备的接入层向哪个节点上报QoE测量结果。
530，终端设备的接入层向该接入层的上层发送第一配置信息。这里，接入层可以在从MN接收第一配置信息之后，或者在从SN接收第一配置信息之后，向其上层发送该第一配置信息。
需要说明的是，终端设备的接入层将该第一配置信息发送给接入层的上层，可以包括接入层直接将第一配置信息发送给上层，或者可以包括接入层根据该第一配置信息获得一个新的配置信息，并将该信息配置信息发送给上层。其中，该新的配置信息用于指示上层进行应用层的QoE测量。
540，接入层的上层向接入层发送QoE测量结果。
终端设备的接入层的上层可以获得该QoE测量结果，例如，上层可以从应用层接收到该QoE测量结果，或者当上层为应用层时，上层可以根据第一配置信息，进行QoE测量获得QoE测量结果。然后，上层可以向接入层发送该QoE测量结果。
示例性的，上层可以按照一定的规则上报QoE测量结果。在一些实施方式中，该规则可以包含在第一配置信息中，本申请实施例对此不作限定。例如，上层可以按照QoE报告周期，周期性上报QoE测量结果，或者在一个会话结束之后才上报QoE测量结果，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
550，终端设备的接入层根据指示信息#3，确定将QoE测量结果发送给MN还是SN。
作为一个示例，当指示信息#3用于指示将所有的QoE测量结果都发送给MN时，执行步骤560，即接入层将从上层接收到的QoE测量结果都发送给MN。当指示信息#3用于指示将所有的QoE测量结果都发送给SN时，执行步骤570，即接入层将从上层接收到的QoE测量结果都发送给SN。
作为另一个示例，当指示信息#3用于指示将service type 1和service type 2的QoE测量结果向MN上报，service type 3的QoE测量结果向SN上报时，当QoE测量结果对应的service type为service type 1或service type 2时，执行步骤560，即接入层将该QoE测量结果发送给MN。当QoE测量结果对应的service type为service type 3时，执行步骤570，即接入层将该QoE测量结果发送给SN。
对应的，在步骤560中，MN接收该QoE测量结果。在步骤570中，SN接收该QoE测量结果。MN或SN在接收到QoE测量结果之后，可以将QoE测量结果直接发送给TCE，或者发送给另外一个接入网设备。
例如，当MN收到QoE测量结果后，可以将该QoE测量结果直接发送给TCE，由TCE判断该QoE测量结果是对应MN下发的第一配置信息的，还是SN下发的第一配置信息的。又例如，当MN收到QoE测量结果后，当确定该QoE测量结果对应SN下发的第一配置信息时，比如可以根据QoE测量结果对应的service type，判断出该service type类型的QoE测量不是自己配置给终端设备的，MN可以将该QoE测量结果发送给SN，再由SN将测量结果发送给TCE。SN收到QoE测量结果后，处理方式与MN类似，不再赘述。
因此，本申请实施例通过接入网设备来指示终端设备将QoE测量结果上报给哪个节点，从而使得终端设备只需要按照接入网设备的指示，将QoE测量结果发送给哪个节点，一方面能够有助于降低终端设备的处理复杂度，另一方面能够有助于网络侧根据节点的负 荷来决定将QoE测量结果发送给哪个节点，从而减少接收QoE测量结果的节点的负荷。
在一些实施方式中，网络侧可能进行业务承载类型的变更。例如，接入网设备可以将第一业务的承载类型在MCG bearer、SCG bearer、split bearer之间转换，和/或，将第一业务的承载类型在MN terminated bearer与SN terminated bearer之间转换。此时，终端设备可以基于图11所示的方法上报QoE测量结果。
图11示出了本申请实施例提供的通信方法600的示意性流程图。在方法600中，网络侧进行了业务承载类型的变更。如图11所示，方法600包括步骤610至660。
610，MN向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息，第一配置信息用于指示该终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量。
示例性的，第一配置信息可以为图10中的应用层测量配置信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。具体的，可以参见图6中的描述，不再赘述。
需要说明的是，这里以MN向终端设备的接入层发送第一配置信息为例进行描述。在其他可能的实现方式中，也可以由SN向终端设备的接入层发送该第一配置信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
620，终端设备的接入层向其上层发送第一配置信息。
具体的，步骤620可以参见图5中步骤530的描述，不再赘述。
630，QoE测量的业务的承载类型发生改变。
例如，QoE测量的第一业务的承载类型在MCG bearer、SCG bearer、split bearer之间转换，和/或，第一业务的承载类型在MN terminated bearer与SN terminated bearer之间转换。
在一些可选的实施方式中，当终端设备的接入层获知QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型发生了改变时，例如当接入层获知QoE测量的第一业务的承载类型由MCG bearer变为SCG bearer时，接入层还可以执行步骤635，即向上层发送信息#1，用于触发QoE测量结果的上报，或者用于通知改变前的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型，以及改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型。
这里，触发QoE测量结果的上报，即触发上层上报QoE测量结果。示例性的，上报QoE测量结果可以包括该上层向接入层发送QoE测量结果，以及接入层向接入网设备发送测量结果，本申请对此不作限定。
640，接入层的上层向接入层发送QoE测量结果。
终端设备的接入层的上层可以获得该QoE测量结果，具体可以参见图10中步骤540中的描述，不再赘述。
在一些可选的实施方式中，接入层的上层可以按照第一配置信息中指示的上报QoE测量报告的方式进行QoE测量结果的上报。
在一些可选的实施方式中，在信息#1用于触发QoE测量结果的上报的情况下，接入层的上层可以根据步骤630中的信息#1，上报QoE测量结果，例如在收到信息#1之后，即可进行QoE测量结果的上报，即向接入层发送QoE测量结果。
在一些可选的实施方式中，在信息#1用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型时，此时上层可以按照第一配置信息中的指示向接入层发送QoE测量结果。上层除了向接入层发送QoE测量结果之外，可以向接入层发送信息#2，用于指示 QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段的承载类型，即上层可以向接入层指示终端设备经过的承载类型改变。示例性的，信息#2可以包含MCG bearer、SCG bearer、split bearer，表示终端设备的承载类型由MCG bearer改变为SCG bearer，再由SCG bearer改变为split bearer。
可选的，上层在向接入层发送QoE测量结果时，还可以向接入层发送上述不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息。例如在某个时间点之前，或之后，后两个时间点之间的第一业务对应的承载类型是哪一个。
在一些可能的实现方式中，QoE测量结果中可以包含上述信息#2，或者不同时间段的承载类型的时间信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
650，终端设备的接入层向MN发送QoE测量结果。
需要说明的是，在图11中，以终端设备的接入层向MN发送QoE测量结果为例进行描述，在其他实现方式中，终端设备的接入层还可以向SN发送QoE测量结果，本申请对此不作限定。
示例性的，终端设备的接入层将QoE测量结果发送给MN还是SN，可以采用前述图8、图9或图10所提供的任意可能的方法或者其结合，或者采用其他的方式，本申请对此不作限定。
在一些可选的实施方式中，当接入层的上层向接入层发送了信息#2，或者不同时间段的承载类型的时间信息时，接入层可以向MN发送QoE测量结果，以及信息#2，或者不同时间段的承载类型的时间信息，本申请对此不作限定。接入层可以将QoE测量结果和上述信息#2，或者不同时间段的承载类型的时间信息，封装在同一条RRC消息中发送给MN，或者采用不同的RRC消息发送给MN,本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一些可能的实现方式中，QoE测量结果中可以包含上述信息#2，或者不同时间段的承载类型的时间信息。
660，MN向TCE发送QoE测量结果和信息#2。
一种可能的情况，当MN从终端设备的接入层接收到QoE测量结果和信息#2时，MN可以将该QoE测量结果和信息#2发送给TCE。可选的，当MN还接收到了不同时间段的承载类型的时间信息时，可以将不同时间段的承载类型的时间信息发送给TCE。
另一种可能的情况，终端设备在步骤630～650中无需接入层向接入层的上层发送信息#1，接入层的上层也无需向接入层发送信息#2。MN可以记录QoE测量经过的承载类型改变，即记录该QoE测量得到的QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段对应的承载类型，即MN自己确定上述信息#2。当MN发生切换时，即UE从源MN切换到目标MN，则源MN会把记录的信息#2发送给目标MN，MN再继续记录QoE测量经过的承载类型改变。当MN从终端设备的接入层接收到QoE测量结果时，可以将QoE测量结果和信息#2一起发送给TCE。可选的，MN还可以记录不同时间段的承载类型的时间信息。这样，MN在向TCE发送QoE测量结果时，还可以向TCE发送该不同时间段的承载类型的时间信息。
可选的，MN还可以向TCE指示网络架构，例如是否采用了接入和回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul，IAB)的网络架构，或者是否采用了CU/DU的网络架构等。
需要说明的是，在进行QoE测量时，协议可能只针对上述承载类型中的几种承载类型的改变，例如只考虑MN terminated MCG bearer与SN terminated SCG bearer之间的转换。或者，协议中可能只考虑MCG和SCG属于不同的RAT的MR-DC中的承载类型的改变，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
对应的，TCE接收到QoE测量结果和信息#2(或者还包括不同承载类型对应的时间信息，或网络结构等信息)之后，可以将QoE测量结果与进行QoE测量的业务类型的承载类型关联起来，例如获知QoE测量的业务类型是承载在MCG传输，还是承载在SCG传输，便于后续根据QoE测量结果和其关联的业务类型的承载类型进行网络优化。
因此，本申请实施例在网络侧进行业务承载类型的变更时，终端设备可以向接入网设备发送QoE测量结果对应的业务类型的承载类型，或接入网设备记录QoE测量对应的业务类型的承载类型，使得QoE测量结果与进行QoE测量的业务类型的承载类型可以关联起来，有助于根据QoE测量结果以及关联的业务类型的承载类型进行网络优化。
一些可选的实施例中，在MR-DC场景下，如果仍然采用非MR-DC场景下QoE测量对应的区域范围的配置，则可能导致无法进行业务的承载类型改变，或者在改变业务的承载类型时，网络侧需要暂停或者取消之前配置的QoE测量配置对应的QoE测量。基于此，本申请实施例针对MR-DC场景，提供了一种QoE测量的方法。
图12示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法700的示意性流程图。如图12所示，方法700包括步骤710至步骤730。
710，接入网设备从CN/OAM/EM接收QoE测量请求，以及QoE测量的区域范围信息。其中，QoE测量请求可以参见图6中步骤101的描述，不再赘述。
示例性的，该QoE测量的区域范围信息中包括多个RAT的相关信息，例如RAT1的区域范围信息和RAT2的区域范围信息。具体的，区域范围信息可以为上文表1中的area Scope of QMC中的一项或多项。
这里，接入网设备可以为MN，或SN，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
720，接入网设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息。示例性的，第一配置信息可以为图6中的应用层测量配置信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。具体的，可以参见图6中的描述，不再赘述。
其中，接入网设备可以在从CN/OAM/EM接收QoE测量的区域范围信息之后，根据该区域范围信息，向终端设备发送第一配置信息。示例性的，当接入网设备确定终端设备当前处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT1的区域范围之内，或者处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT2的区域范围之内时，接入网设备可以向终端设备发送该第一配置信息。当接入网设备确定终端设备当前没有处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT1的区域范围之内，且也没有处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT2的区域范围之内时，接入网设备不向终端设备发送该第一配置信息。
在一些可选的实施方式中，当网络侧需要对QoE测量的业务的承载类型进行变更时，如果需要变更的目标承载类型对应的区域范围(这里例如指QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型在网络侧对应的RLC/MAC层对应的基站的区域范围)不在上述QoE测量的区域范围之内(例如既不处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT1的区域范围之内，且也没有处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT2的区域范围之内不在)，则接入网设备可以确 定不进行该业务的承载类型的变更。或者，接入网设备可以通知终端设备暂停进行当前的QoE测量(即该QoE测量对应的业务类型的QoE测量都暂停)或暂停QoE测量结果的上报，或者当前的QoE测量对应的业务类型中已经开始的会话对应的QoE测量继续进行但后续新的会话就不再进行QoE测量。
可选的，接入网设备可以向终端设备发送该QoE测量的区域范围信息(例如可以称为信息#3)，例如可以将该区域范围信息与第一配置信息封装在同一条RRC消息或不同RRC消息中，或者可以在第一配置信息中携带该区域范围信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一些可选的实施方式中，当接入网设备向终端设备发送该QoE测量的区域范围信息时，如果终端设备判断出QoE测量的业务的承载类型对应的区域范围(这里例如指QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型在网络侧对应的RLC/MAC层对应的基站的区域范围)不在上述QoE测量的区域范围之内(例如既不处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT1的区域范围之内，且也没有处于QoE测量的区域范围信息中RAT2的区域范围之内)，则终端设备暂停进行当前的QoE测量(即该QoE测量对应的业务类型的QoE测量都暂停)或暂停QoE测量结果的上报，或者当前的QoE测量已经开始的会话对应的QoE测量继续进行但后续新的会话就不再进行QoE测量。
730，终端设备向接入网设备发送QoE测量结果。具体的，终端设备可以根据上述第一配置信息，进行QoE测量获得该QoE测量结果。
示例性的，终端设备的接入层将QoE测量结果发送给MN还是SN，可以采用前述图8、图9或图10所提供的任意可能的方法或者其结合，或者采用其他的方式，本申请对此不作限定。
因此，本申请实施例中，在MR-DC场景下，网络侧设备仍然可以为QoE测量配置多个RAT的区域范围信息，从而终端设备处于MR-DC场景下也可以在多个RAT区域内进行QoE测量，同时接入网设备进行QoE测量的业务对应的承载类型的改变时仍然可以进行QoE测量。
需要说明的是，本申请中各个实施例可以独立的使用，也可以进行联合的使用，这里不作限定。例如，在根据图8、图9或图10所示的方法进行QoE测量结果上报时，同时可以根据图11所示的方法向TCE上报QoE测量的业务的承载类型的改变，或者同时可以根据图12所示的方法为QoE测量配置对应的区域范围信息等。
可以理解的是，本申请上述各个实施例中，由接入网设备实现的方法也可以由可用于接入网设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现，由终端设备实现的方法也可以由可用于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。
根据前述方法，图13为本申请实施例提供的无线通信的装置800的示意图。
一些实施例中，该装置800可以为接入网设备，也可以为芯片或电路，比如可设置于接入网的芯片或电路。一些实施例中，该装置800可以为终端设备，也可以为芯片或电路，比如可设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。
该装置800可以包括处理单元810(即，处理器的一例)和收发单元830。
可选的，收发单元830可以通过收发器或者收发器相关电路或者接口电路实现。
可选的，该装置还可以包括存储单元820。一种可能的方式中，该存储单元820用于 存储指令。可选的，该存储单元也可以用于存储数据或者信息。存储单元820可以通过存储器实现。
一种可能的设计中，该处理单元810可以用于执行该存储单元820存储的指令，以使装置800实现如上述方法中接入网设备执行的步骤。
进一步的，该处理单元810、存储单元820、收发单元830可以通过内部连接通路互相通信，传递控制和/或数据信号。例如，该存储单元820用于存储计算机程序，该处理单元810可以用于从该存储单元820中调用并运行该计算计程序，以控制收发单元830接收信号和/或发送信号，完成上述方法中接入网设备的步骤。
一种可能的设计中，该处理单元810可以用于执行该存储单元820存储的指令，以使装置800实现如上述方法中终端设备执行的步骤。
进一步的，该处理单元810、存储单元820、收发单元830可以通过内部连接通路互相通信，传递控制和/或数据信号。例如，该存储单元820用于存储计算机程序，该处理单元810可以用于从该存储单元820中调用并运行该计算计程序，以控制收发单元830接收信号和/或发送信号，完成上述方法中终端设备的步骤。
存储单元820可以集成在处理单元810中，也可以与处理单元810分开设置。
可选地，若该装置800为通信设备，该收发单元830可以包括接收器和发送器。其中，接收器和发送器可以为相同或者不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时，可以统称为收发器。
可选地，若该装置800为芯片或电路，该收发单元830可以包括输入接口和输出接口。
作为一种实现方式，收发单元830的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。处理单元810可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理单元或者通用芯片实现。
作为另一种实现方式，可以考虑使用通用计算机的方式来实现本申请实施例提供的通信设备(例如，接入网设备或终端设备)。即将实现处理单元810、收发单元830功能的程序代码存储在存储单元820中，通用处理单元通过执行存储单元820中的代码来实现处理单元810、收发单元830的功能。
在一些实施方式中，当装置800是终端设备或设置于终端设备中的芯片或电路时，
处理单元810，用于终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收体验质量QoE测量结果和第一指示信息；
所述处理单元810还用于所述接入层根据所述第一指示信息，确定将所述QoE测量结果发送给终端设备的主基站或辅基站。
可选的，装置800还包括收发单元830，用于从第一接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量，所述第一接入网设备为终端设备的主基站或辅基站；
所述处理单元810还用于所述接入层将所述第一配置信息和所述第一指示信息发送给所述终端设备的接入层的上层。
可选的，所述收发单元830还用于从所述第一接入网设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备为主基站或辅基站；
所述处理单元810还用于所述接入层根据所述第二指示信息，确定所述第一指示信息。
可选的，所述第一指示信息和第二指示信息为同一条信息。
可选的，所述收发单元830还用于从第二接入网设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的接入层向所述第一接入网设备发送所述QoE测量结果；
其中，所述第一接入网设备为主基站，且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站；或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站的，且所述第二接入网设备为主基站。
可选的，所述第一指示信息包括跟踪标识ID、跟踪收集实体标识TCE ID、QoE业务类型信息、节点类型信息、无线接入技术RAT类型信息、PDU会话标识、5G服务质量标识5QI、服务质量流标识QFI和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，所述第一标识是操作、管理和维护OAM或接入网设备分配的。
可选的，所述处理单元810还用于：
所述接入层确定QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型发生改变；
在所述承载类型发生改变时，所述接入层向所述接入层的上层发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于触发QoE测量结果上报，或者所述第一信息用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型。
可选的，当所述第一信息用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型时，所述处理单元810还用于所述接入层从所述接入层的上层接收第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段的承载类型。
可选的，所述处理单元810还用于所述接入层从所述接入层的上层接收所述不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息。
可选的，所述收发单元830还用于从第三接入网设备接收第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述QoE测量的区域范围，所述区域范围包括至少两个RAT的区域范围信息，所述第三接入网设备为终端设备的主基站或辅基站。
在一些实施方式中，当装置800是终端设备或设置于终端设备中的芯片或电路时，
收发单元830，用于从第一接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备进行应用层的体验质量QoE测量；
所述收发单元830还用于从所述第一接入网设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备为所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站；
处理单元810，用于终端设备的接入层将所述第一配置信息和所述第二指示信息发送给所述接入层的上层；
所述处理单元810还用于所述接入层从所述接入层的上层接收QoE测量结果和所述第二指示信息，其中，所述QoE测量结果是所述上层根据所述第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的；
所述收发单元830还用于将所述第二指示信息和所述QoE测量结果发送给第二接入网设备，其中，所述第一接入网设备与所述第二接入网设备相同，或者，所述第一接入网设备为主基站且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站，或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站且所述第二接入网设备为主基站。
可选的，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪ID、跟踪收集实体标识TCE ID、QoE业务类型、节点类型、无线接入技术RAT类型、PDU会话标识、5G服务质量标识5QI、服务质量流标识QFI和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，所述第一标识是操作、管理和维护OAM或接入网设备分配的。
在一些实施方式中，当装置800是第一接入网设备或设置于第一接入网设备中的芯片或电路时，
收发单元830，用于从终端设备接收体验质量QoE测量结果和第二指示信息，其中，所述QoE测量结果是所述终端设备根据第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的，所述第二指示信息指示向所述终端设备发送所述第一配置信息的第二接入网设备为所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量；
所述收发单元830还用于根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，其中，所述第一接入网设备与所述第二接入网设备相同，或者，所述第一接入网设备为主基站且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站，或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站且所述第二接入网设备为主基站。
可选的，所述第一接入网设备与所述第二接入网设备相同，所述收发单元830具体用于向所述第一接入网设备对应的跟踪收集实体TCE发送所述QoE测量结果。
可选的，所述第一接入网设备为主基站且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站，或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站且所述第二接入网设备为主基站；
所述第收发单元830具体用于向所述第二接入网设备对应的TCE发送所述QoE测量结果，或向所述第二接入网设备发送所述QoE测量结果。
可选的，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪ID、跟踪收集实体标识TCE ID、QoE业务类型、节点类型、无线接入技术RAT类型、PDU会话标识、5G服务质量标识5QI、服务质量流标识QFI和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，所述第一标识是操作、管理和维护OAM或接入网设备分配的。
可选的，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪收集实体TCE标识ID，所述收发单元830具体用于：
根据TCE ID与TCE IP的关系，获取所述TCE ID对应的TCE IP；
将所述QoE测量结果发送给所述TCE IP对应的TCE。
可选的，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪ID，所述收发单元830具体用于将所述QoE测量结果和所述跟踪ID发送给所述TCE。
可选的，在所述收发单元830从终端设备接收QoE测量结果和第二指示信息之前，所述收发单元还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第一配置信息和所述第二指示信息。
在一些实施方式中，当装置800是接入网设备或设置于接入网设备中的芯片或电路时，
收发单元830，用于从终端设备接收QoE测量结果；
所述收发单元830还用于向TCE发送所述QoE测量结果和第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段对应的承载类型。
可选的，还包括处理单元810，用于确定所述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段的承载类型。
可选的，所述处理单元810还用于确定不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息，所述收发单元830还用于将所述时间信息发送给TCE。
可选的，所述收发单元830还用于从终端设备接收所述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段的承载类型。
可选的，收发单元830还可以从所述终端设备接收所述不同时间段的承载类型对应的 时间信息，并向所述TCE发送所述不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息。
可选的，收发单元830还用于向TCE指示网络架构，例如是否采用了接入和回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul，IAB)的网络架构，或者是否采用了CU/DU的网络架构等。
在一些实施方式中，当装置800是接入网设备或设置于接入网设备中的芯片或电路时，
收发单元830用于从CN/OAM/EM接收第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述QoE测量的区域范围；
收发单元830还用于根据该区域范围信息，向终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备进行应用层的体验质量QoE测量。
可选的，还包括处理单元810，用于当网络侧需要对QoE测量的业务的承载类型进行变更时，确定需要变更的目标承载类型对应的区域范围不在上述QoE测量的区域范围之内。所述收发单元830还用于通知终端设备暂停进行当前的QoE测量或暂停QoE测量结果的上报，或者当前的QoE测量对应的业务类型中已经开始的会话对应的QoE测量继续进行但后续新的会话就不再进行QoE测量。
可选的，收发单元830还用于向终端设备发送上述第三信息。
在一些实施方式中，当装置800是终端设备或设置于终端设备中的芯片或电路时，
处理单元810，用于确定QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型发生改变；
所述处理单元810还用于在所述承载类型发生改变时，终端设备的接入层向所述接入层的上层发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于触发QoE测量结果上报，或者所述第一信息用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型。
可选的，当所述第一信息用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型时，所述处理单元810还用于所述接入层从所述接入层的上层接收第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段的承载类型。
可选的，所述处理单元810还用于所述接入层从所述接入层的上层接收所述不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息。
上述实施例中的各个单元也可以称为模块或者电路或者部件。
其中，以上列举的装置800中各模块或单元的功能和动作仅为示例性说明。当该装置800配置在或本身即为接入网设备时，装置800中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中接入网设备所执行的各动作或处理过程。当该装置800配置在或本身即为终端设备时，装置800中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程。
该装置800所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念，解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述，此处不做赘述。
图14为本申请提供的一种终端设备900的结构示意图。该终端设备900可以执行上述方法实施例中终端设备执行的动作。
为了便于说明，图14仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图14所示，终端设备900包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据，例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据，例如存储上述实 施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器，主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。
当终端设备开机后，处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序，解释并执行软件程序的指令，处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图14仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中，可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
例如，处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。图14中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力，终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。
示例性的，在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备900的收发单元910，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备900的处理单元920。如图14所示，终端设备900包括收发单元910和处理单元920。收发单元910也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元910中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元910中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的，接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备1000的结构示意图，可以用于实现上述方法中的接入网设备(例如，第一接入网设备)的功能。网络设备1000包括一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1010和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)(也可称为数字单元，digital unit，DU)1020。所述RRU1010可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等，其可以包括至少一个天线1011和射频单元1012。所述RRU1010部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换，例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的信令消息。所述BBU1020部分主要用于进行基带处理，对基站进行控制等。所述RRU1010与BBU1020可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。
所述BBU1020为基站的控制中心，也可以称为处理单元，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等等。例如该BBU(处理单元)1020可以用于控制接入网设备执行上述方法实施例中关于接入网设备的操作流程。
在一个示例中，所述BBU1020可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE系统，或5G系统)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU1020还包括存储器1021和处理器1022。所述存储器1021用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器1022用于控制接入网设备进行必要的动作，例如用于控制接入网设备执行上述方法实施例中关于接入网设备的操作流程。所述存储器1021和处理器1022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。
在一种可能的实施方式中，随着片上系统(system-on-chip，SoC)技术的发展，可以将1020部分和1010部分的全部或者部分功能由SoC技术实现，例如由一颗基站功能芯片实现，该基站功能芯片集成了处理器、存储器、天线接口等器件，基站相关功能的程序存储在存储器中，由处理器执行程序以实现基站的相关功能。可选的，该基站功能芯片也能够读取该芯片外部的存储器以实现基站的相关功能。
应理解，图15示例的网络设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态，而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的基站结构的可能。
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，其包括前述的接入网设备和终端设备。
应理解，本申请实施例中，该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
上述实施例，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机 程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述任一实施例中的接入网设备执行的步骤，或者终端设备执行的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一实施例中的接入网设备执行的步骤，或者终端设备执行的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片，该系统芯片包括：通信单元和处理单元。该处理单元，例如可以是处理器。该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令，以使该通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请实施例提供的接入网设备执行的步骤，或者终端设备执行的步骤。
可选地，该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统，包括前述实施例中的接入网设备和终端设备。
本申请中的各个实施例可以独立的使用，也可以进行联合的使用，这里不做限定。
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于:磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
应理解，在上文示出的实施例中，第一、第二仅为便于区分不同的对象，而不应对本申请构成任何限定。
还应理解，“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“至少一个”是指一个或一个以上；“A和B中的至少一个”，类似于“A和/或B”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和B中的至少一个，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及 算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (24)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收体验质量QoE测量结果和第一指示信息；
    所述终端设备的接入层根据所述第一指示信息，确定将所述QoE测量结果发送给所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收QoE测量结果和第一指示信息之前，还包括：
    所述终端设备的接入层从第一接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量，所述第一接入网设备为所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站；
    所述终端设备的接入层将所述第一配置信息和所述第一指示信息发送给所述终端设备的接入层的上层。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述终端设备的接入层从所述第一接入网设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备为主基站或辅基站；
    所述接入层根据所述第二指示信息，确定所述第一指示信息。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息和第二指示信息为同一条信息。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收QoE测量结果和第一指示信息之前，还包括：
    所述终端设备的接入层从第二接入网设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的接入层向所述第一接入网设备发送所述QoE测量结果；
    其中，所述第一接入网设备为主基站，且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站；或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站的，且所述第二接入网设备为主基站。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括跟踪标识ID、跟踪收集实体标识TCE ID、QoE业务类型信息、节点类型信息、无线接入技术RAT类型信息、协议数据单元PDU会话标识、5G服务质量标识5QI、服务质量流标识QFI和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，所述第一标识是操作、管理和维护OAM或接入网设备分配的。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述终端设备的接入层确定QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型发生改变；
    在所述承载类型发生改变时，所述终端设备的接入层向所述接入层的上层发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于触发QoE测量结果上报，或者所述第一信息用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述第一信息用于通知改变前和改变后的QoE测量的业务类型对应的承载类型时，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所 述QoE测量结果对应的业务类型在不同时间段的承载类型。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收所述不同时间段的承载类型对应的时间信息。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述终端设备从第三接入网设备接收第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述QoE测量的区域范围，所述区域范围包括至少两个RAT的区域范围信息，所述第三接入网设备为所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站。
  11. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备的接入层从第一接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备进行应用层的体验质量QoE测量；
    所述终端设备的接入层从所述第一接入网设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备为所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站；
    所述终端设备的接入层将所述第一配置信息和所述第二指示信息发送给所述接入层的上层；
    终端设备的接入层从所述接入层的上层接收QoE测量结果和所述第二指示信息，其中，所述QoE测量结果是所述上层根据所述第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的；
    所述终端设备的接入层将所述第二指示信息和所述QoE测量结果发送给第二接入网设备，其中，所述第一接入网设备与所述第二接入网设备相同，或者，所述第一接入网设备为主基站且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站，或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站且所述第二接入网设备为主基站。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪ID、跟踪收集实体标识TCE ID、QoE业务类型、节点类型、无线接入技术RAT类型、协议数据单元PDU会话标识、5G服务质量标识5QI、服务质量流标识QFI和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，所述第一标识是操作、管理和维护OAM或接入网设备分配的。
  13. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一接入网设备从终端设备接收体验质量QoE测量结果和第二指示信息，其中，所述QoE测量结果是所述终端设备根据第一配置信息进行QoE测量得到的，所述第二指示信息指示向所述终端设备发送所述第一配置信息的第二接入网设备为所述终端设备的主基站或辅基站，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备进行应用层的QoE测量；
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，其中，所述第一接入网设备与所述第二接入网设备相同，或者，所述第一接入网设备为主基站且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站，或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站且所述第二接入网设备为主基站。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一接入网设备与所述第二接入网设备相同，
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，包括：
    所述第一接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备对应的跟踪收集实体TCE发送所述QoE 测量结果。
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一接入网设备为主基站且所述第二接入网设备为辅基站，或者，所述第一接入网设备为辅基站且所述第二接入网设备为主基站；
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，包括：
    所述第一接入网设备向所述第二接入网设备对应的TCE发送所述QoE测量结果，或所述第一接入网设备向所述第二接入网设备发送所述QoE测量结果。
  16. 根据权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪ID、跟踪收集实体标识TCE ID、QoE业务类型、节点类型、无线接入技术RAT类型、协议数据单元PDU会话标识、5G服务质量标识5QI、服务质量流标识QFI和第一标识中的至少一种，其中，所述第一标识是操作、管理和维护OAM或接入网设备分配的。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪收集实体TCE标识ID，
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，包括：
    所述第一接入网设备根据TCE ID与TCE IP的关系，获取所述TCE ID对应的TCE IP；
    所述第一接入网设备将所述QoE测量结果发送给所述TCE IP对应的TCE。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括跟踪ID，
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息，向网络设备发送所述QoE测量结果，包括：
    所述第一接入网设备将所述QoE测量结果和所述跟踪ID发送给所述TCE。
  19. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一接入网设备从终端设备接收QoE测量结果和第二指示信息之前，还包括：
    所述第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一配置信息和所述第二指示信息。
  20. 一种无线通信的装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行权利要求1-19任一项所述的方法的单元。
  21. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器和收发器，所述处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，以执行如权利要求1-19任一项所述的方法。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的通信装置，其特征在于，还包括：所述存储器。
  23. 一种通信芯片，其特征在于，所述芯片包括：
    处理器和通信接口，所述处理器用于从所述通信接口调用并运行指令，当所述处理器执行所述指令时，实现如权利要求1-19中任一项所述的方法。
  24. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括：
    用于执行如权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法的装置和接入网设备；或者
    用于执行如权利要求11-12任一项所述的方法的装置和用于执行如权利要求13-19任一项所述的方法的装置。
PCT/CN2020/103391 2020-07-22 2020-07-22 通信方法和通信装置 WO2022016401A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/103391 WO2022016401A1 (zh) 2020-07-22 2020-07-22 通信方法和通信装置
EP20946141.7A EP4181558A4 (en) 2020-07-22 2020-07-22 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS
CN202080102806.5A CN115843440A (zh) 2020-07-22 2020-07-22 通信方法和通信装置
US18/155,447 US20230156767A1 (en) 2020-07-22 2023-01-17 Communication method and communication apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/103391 WO2022016401A1 (zh) 2020-07-22 2020-07-22 通信方法和通信装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/155,447 Continuation US20230156767A1 (en) 2020-07-22 2023-01-17 Communication method and communication apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022016401A1 true WO2022016401A1 (zh) 2022-01-27

Family

ID=79728441

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/103391 WO2022016401A1 (zh) 2020-07-22 2020-07-22 通信方法和通信装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230156767A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4181558A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN115843440A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022016401A1 (zh)

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114828071A (zh) * 2022-05-20 2022-07-29 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 一种QoE测量方法、装置及存储介质
EP4262266A1 (en) * 2022-04-15 2023-10-18 Comcast Cable Communications LLC Configuration and reporting of quality of experience measurements
WO2023221604A1 (zh) * 2022-05-20 2023-11-23 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法和装置
WO2024022442A1 (zh) * 2022-07-28 2024-02-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种体验质量报告的传输方法、装置、终端、sn及mn
WO2024022441A1 (zh) * 2022-07-28 2024-02-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 体验质量QoE的配置方法及装置
WO2024022430A1 (zh) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Mdt配置方法及装置
WO2024027805A1 (zh) * 2022-08-05 2024-02-08 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 QoE测量方法、通信装置及存储介质
WO2024027567A1 (zh) * 2022-08-01 2024-02-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 QoE配置方法、终端及节点
WO2024063486A1 (ko) * 2022-09-19 2024-03-28 삼성전자 주식회사 차세대 이통 통신 시스템에서 멀티 모달 트래픽의 qoe 측정에 관한 방법 및 장치
WO2024072273A1 (en) * 2022-09-27 2024-04-04 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Inter-node coordination of competing rvqoe configurations in mr-dc
WO2024079717A1 (en) * 2022-10-13 2024-04-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Reporting of qoe reports to the sn
WO2024092757A1 (en) * 2022-11-04 2024-05-10 Zte Corporation Coordination of quality of experience management collection configuration
WO2024092564A1 (en) * 2022-11-02 2024-05-10 Apple Inc. Rrc procedure for qoe reporting to a secondary node

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107534887A (zh) * 2015-04-22 2018-01-02 高通股份有限公司 MDT度量与QoE度量的相关和组合
CN107659955A (zh) * 2016-07-26 2018-02-02 财团法人工业技术研究院 基于用户设备反馈控制体验品质的基站、用户设备及方法
WO2020034587A1 (en) * 2019-01-21 2020-02-20 Zte Corporation Minimization of driving tests in dual connectivity networks
WO2020128657A1 (en) * 2018-11-01 2020-06-25 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Notifying a management system of quality of experience measurement reporting status

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB201715920D0 (en) * 2017-09-29 2017-11-15 Nec Corp Communication system
US11509546B2 (en) * 2017-10-11 2022-11-22 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method for feedback of streaming session

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107534887A (zh) * 2015-04-22 2018-01-02 高通股份有限公司 MDT度量与QoE度量的相关和组合
CN107659955A (zh) * 2016-07-26 2018-02-02 财团法人工业技术研究院 基于用户设备反馈控制体验品质的基站、用户设备及方法
WO2020128657A1 (en) * 2018-11-01 2020-06-25 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Notifying a management system of quality of experience measurement reporting status
WO2020034587A1 (en) * 2019-01-21 2020-02-20 Zte Corporation Minimization of driving tests in dual connectivity networks

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Introduction of QoE Measurement Collection for LTE", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #102; R2-1807410, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), FRANCE, no. Busan, Korea; 20180521 - 20180525, 20 May 2018 (2018-05-20), Busan, Korea; 20180521 - 20180525, XP051443807 *
LG ELECTRONICS: "Immediate MDT for DC", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #106; R2-1908064, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, 13 May 2019 (2019-05-13), Renoina; 20190513 - 20190517, XP051731470 *

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4262266A1 (en) * 2022-04-15 2023-10-18 Comcast Cable Communications LLC Configuration and reporting of quality of experience measurements
WO2023221604A1 (zh) * 2022-05-20 2023-11-23 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法和装置
CN114828071A (zh) * 2022-05-20 2022-07-29 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 一种QoE测量方法、装置及存储介质
WO2024022442A1 (zh) * 2022-07-28 2024-02-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种体验质量报告的传输方法、装置、终端、sn及mn
WO2024022441A1 (zh) * 2022-07-28 2024-02-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 体验质量QoE的配置方法及装置
WO2024022430A1 (zh) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Mdt配置方法及装置
WO2024027567A1 (zh) * 2022-08-01 2024-02-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 QoE配置方法、终端及节点
WO2024027805A1 (zh) * 2022-08-05 2024-02-08 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 QoE测量方法、通信装置及存储介质
WO2024063486A1 (ko) * 2022-09-19 2024-03-28 삼성전자 주식회사 차세대 이통 통신 시스템에서 멀티 모달 트래픽의 qoe 측정에 관한 방법 및 장치
WO2024072273A1 (en) * 2022-09-27 2024-04-04 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Inter-node coordination of competing rvqoe configurations in mr-dc
WO2024079717A1 (en) * 2022-10-13 2024-04-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Reporting of qoe reports to the sn
WO2024092564A1 (en) * 2022-11-02 2024-05-10 Apple Inc. Rrc procedure for qoe reporting to a secondary node
WO2024092757A1 (en) * 2022-11-04 2024-05-10 Zte Corporation Coordination of quality of experience management collection configuration

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20230156767A1 (en) 2023-05-18
EP4181558A4 (en) 2023-08-16
EP4181558A1 (en) 2023-05-17
CN115843440A (zh) 2023-03-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022016401A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
KR102645505B1 (ko) 정보 전송 방법 및 장치
WO2019128947A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信设备
JP2020523895A (ja) 通信方法、ネットワークノード、無線アクセスネットワークシステム
WO2021228095A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN109672510B (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
EP3257183B1 (en) Cellular and wlan aggregation
US20230086410A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20240172084A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US20230093178A1 (en) Method for service identification and terminal device
TWI775811B (zh) 通信方法、輔網絡節點和終端
WO2022040873A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、设备和装置
WO2020200103A1 (zh) 确定承载类型的方法和通信装置
US20230189054A1 (en) Relay communication method, and communication apparatus
WO2019184682A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
US20160029424A1 (en) Direct device-to-device communications radio technology selection
WO2023116873A1 (zh) 应用层测量收集方法和通信装置
US20240172205A1 (en) Carrier configuration method and communication apparatus
WO2021164331A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN113518391B (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
EP4135403A1 (en) Enhanced 3gpp session establishment procedure
WO2022222748A1 (zh) 中继通信方法和装置
WO2024032594A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置
WO2022143103A1 (zh) 一种无线通信的方法及其装置
WO2022233011A1 (zh) 建立连接的方法和终端设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20946141

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020946141

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230209